Unisa Press https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress <p>Unisa Press seeks to publish topical books and journals within the Humanities and Social Sciences. Based at the University of South Africa, one of the largest distance education institutions on the continent, we invite critical thinking and works which interrogates societal issues of high relevance to the lives of African citizens specifically, and incorporating global perspectives.</p> <p>Unisa Press has compiled a set of AI usage guidelines, which we ask authors and all our referees to abide by. This is critical to safeguard the originality of content, for researchers to sustain transparent reporting on AI usage and to guide ethical publishing. It contains a handy checklist for use by authors, as well as an example of how to compile AI usage while doing research. The guidelines are available on request to all authors and referees.</p> en-US Unisa Press <p><strong>Copyright Notice for Standard Publication Route</strong></p> <p>The Author as owner of copyright in the Work grants to the Publisher for the&nbsp;duration of the copyright in the Work, the exclusive right and licence to print or cause to be printed, to reprint or cause to be reprinted, and to publish and themselves further to license the production and publication of the Work or any adaptation or any abridgement of the Work or any substantial part of the Work, in volume form, electronic form, digital form, CD Rom, or similar format now in existence or hereafter invented, in all languages, for the legal term of copyright, throughout the world. All rights under the copyright in the Work not specifically assigned and transferred to the Publisher in terms of this agreement are reserved to the Author. The Author acknowledges that the rights in the title, design, get-up, layout, and choice of typography are and/ or will at all times be held by the Publisher.</p> <p><strong>&nbsp;</strong></p> <p><strong>Copyright Notice for Open Access Content (Publication Charge&nbsp;applicable)</strong></p> <p><strong>Authors may opt to publish open access</strong>&nbsp;(after their manuscript has been accepted for publication) by agreeing to the following terms:</p> <ol> <li>Authors retain copyright and grant Unisa Press the right of first publication with the work simultaneously licensed under a&nbsp;<a href="https://creativecommons.org/share-your-work/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Creative Commons Attribution License</a>&nbsp;that allows others to share the work with an acknowledgement of the work's authorship and initial publication by Unisa Press.</li> <li>Authors are able to enter into separate, additional contractual arrangements for the non-exclusive distribution of the journal's published version of the work (e.g., post it to an institutional repository or publish it in a book), with an acknowledgement of its initial publication by Unisa Press.</li> <li>Authors are permitted and encouraged to post their work online (e.g., in institutional repositories or on their website) prior to and during the submission process, as it can lead to productive exchanges, as well as earlier and greater citation of published work (See&nbsp;<a href="http://opcit.eprints.org/oacitation-biblio.html" target="_blank" rel="noopener">The Effect of Open Access</a>).</li> </ol> A Matriarchal Ecology https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/135 <p><strong>ISBN 978-1-77615-224-7 (PRINT BOOK)</strong><br /><strong>ISBN 978-1-77615-225-4</strong></p> <p>This book was made possible by the National Institute for the Humanities &amp; Social Sciences (NIHSS), South Africa.</p> <p>This book is grounded in the indigenous knowledge expertise and extensive community activism of Tshivenda indigenous leader Mphatheleni Makaulule. The author focuses on the environmentalism of the community-based organization, Dzomo La Mupo (DLM) which Mphatheleni had created in the former apartheid homeland of Venda, South Africa in the Vhembe District Municipality. Her research explores DLM’s predominantly female members known as the <em>makhadzi</em> who work to revive the traditional eco-cultural roles of women, and work towards preserving indigenous knowledge systems to protect local forests, rivers, wetlands, and sacred natural sites. DLM strives towards strengthening local communities and ecological governance through intergenerational learning, the revival of indigenous seed and agriculture, and efforts to protect food sovereignty. </p> <p>The book details the complex land laws as they intersect with globalization and gender in South Africa’s post-apartheid era. What we share is how the laws obscure women’s land rights and how this complicates <em>makhadzi </em>eco-cultural roles and ecological knowledge in Venda. Together, Mphatheleni and the author also discuss the various campaigns DLM has organized to protect the environmental such as their fight against coal companies such as MC Mining Ltd, formerly Coal of Africa. The author also discusses the water crisis in South Africa and what this means for the already water scarce region of Venda. Lastly, we touch on the complexities of indigenous agriculture and farming and Mphatheleni’s views about organic farming.</p> <p>Ultimately, Mphatheleni and Ross want to build a deeper understanding about Dzomo La Mupo”s continued efforts to restore indigenous knowledge systems and bring awareness around their activism. The hope is that people will become inspired to protect the environment in their communities to promote Earth jurisprudence.</p> <p>While the original research for this book emanated from Kim Ross’ doctoral studies at the African American and African Studies Department at Michigan State University, the content was extensively updated and revised by Unisa Press and with the financial support of the National Institute for Humanities and Social Sciences – working with the researcher and journalist Stef Terblanche.</p> <p><strong>CONTENTS</strong></p> <p><strong>Acknowledgements ix</strong><br /><strong>Positionality Statement xiii</strong><br /><strong>Introduction xiv</strong><br /><strong>Where it all began: The journey with Vho-Makaulule unfolds xix</strong></p> <p><strong>chapter one</strong><br />Shaping a vision for the community 1<br /><strong>chapter two</strong><br />Sacred Sites 18<br /><strong>chapter three</strong><br />Land and gender in the context of customary leadership and globalisation 38<br /><strong>chapter four</strong><br />Restoring the ecocultural role of makhadzi 60<br /><strong>chapter five</strong><br />Makhadzi community activism 75<br /><strong>chapter six</strong><br />The politics of water 91<br /><strong>chapter seven</strong><br />Food security and Indigenous farming 105<br /><strong>Conclusion</strong> 119<br />Bibliography 125<br />Index 137</p> Kimberly B Ross Copyright (c) 2025 Unisa Press 2025-11-03 2025-11-03 Breaking Free from the Cycle of Family Abuse https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/165 <p>A harrowing roller-coaster of a memoir, which is a true story told by a brave Zulu woman - years after her abuse at the hands of her Zulu mother, supported by family and community members. The author and all characters has been anonymised to protect the family and relatives.</p> <p>The story closes on a positive note, as the author manages to reinvent herself and overcome her harrowing circumstances by engaging in further study at various South African universities. She completed her PhD and is engaged in the media and research environment.</p> <p>WHAT THE CRITICS SAY:</p> <p><strong> </strong><strong> "</strong><strong>The tale is one of psychological exorcism … . It is unrelenting in its harrowing narrative, … regularly punctuated with delightful gobbets of humour, compelling insights and exquisite turns of phrase that help to lighten the author’s inner darkness … . These insights reveal an affirming self-awareness and coming to wider understanding."</strong></p> <p><strong>"There is a wider story implicit here: the encounter of a traditional and culturally and socially disoriented family with the relentless condition of modernity. … (D)omestic violence seems to be sketched as communal, cultural, and traditional. It is one that reveals causation as being inherent to particular groups … doing the best they can to cope within inherited social circumstances, even as they tend to self-destruct as they become their own worst enemies, while hurting everyone around them". </strong></p> <p><strong>" … </strong><strong>well written, engaging and illuminating. The familial conditions being navigated are not opportunistically and instrumentally blamed on external forces like Apartheid, Western Imperialism or Colonization, but as resulting from internal cultural and domestic Zulu clan and family relations"</strong></p> <p><strong>" … a refreshing, rare yet very compelling, autobiographical narrative of trying to fit into various, familial, social and institutional arrangements. The key takeaway for me is one of personal liberation from communal tyranny".</strong></p> <p>South Africa’s high rate of gender-based violence and abuse against women and children is currently at an alarming peak. This book offers an unexpectedly powerful source of inspiration thanks to the brave voice of a girl who had to endure more than anyone can reasonably be expected to endure.</p> <p> </p> <p>This remarkable true story tells of the lived experiences of a woman who repeatedly had to suffer abuse at the hands of her closest family members. As the victim, she speaks with brutal honesty and directness. This is the harrowing story of how she had to live in a nightmarish world. Ordinary community members from social workers, members of the police, medical staff and even church members all became part of a psychologically twisted mother’s plot to inflict ongoing abuse against her own daughter. Everyone seemed to turn their back on her.</p> <p>Due to the endless string of abuse perpetrated by this community, all names in the book and that of the author were changed. In this way, the unfolding story speaks on a universal level - and to an even wider circle. Every one of us who is aware of a community member inflicting abuse on another, becomes complicit, if we do not speak out and protect the victim. Our communities have been insidiously protecting the perpetrators of abuse against the vulnerable and the weak. African traditional dispute resolution systems seem to fail the abused.</p> <p>Miraculously, despite the continuous waves of onslaught of childhood abuse and setbacks, the author shows her resilient spirit by empowering herself through education. Our heroine eventually obtains a PhD degree and turns her life around, to emerge victoriously – and to bravely tell a difficult story of true grit and inspiration.</p> <p> </p> Gugu Zungu Copyright (c) 2025 Unisa Press 2025-09-15 2025-09-15 Mothering African Women's Theologies https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/145 <p>The Circle of Concerned African Women Theologians (the Circle) was inaugurated in 1989 at the Trinity Theological Seminary in Legon, Ghana. This is an academic association of women writers in religious spaces or faith communities that came together to ensure that African women write about their experiences with religious spaces. Seventy women gathered in Ghana in 1989 to inaugurate the Circle from various African nations. Their participation, presence and contributions laid the foundations for numerous African women to aspire to greater achievements within religious spheres. This book sought to highlight each of the 70 women who were at the Circle convocation and understand where they have been after the 1989 formation of the Circle by writing brief biographies of these pioneering women. It is, however, recognised that not all the women who attended the 1989 Circle convocation went on to achieve success and influence in the same manner. Some may have faded from public view, with limited available information about their endeavours. However, this volume aims to provide recognition and documentation for every participant, ensuring that their contributions are remembered and celebrated. Their participation in this convocation opened the door wide for African women to take up leadership roles in the global ecumenical spaces where previously there was only a few African women. Professors of theology from various universities on the continent and in the diaspora, clergy from various denominations and students of theology came together to individually contribute a chapter to this book.</p> Mutale Mulenga Kaunda Musa W Dube Linda Wendy Naicker Copyright (c) 2025 Unisa Press 2025-09-10 2025-09-10 The housing question https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/153 <p>This book is divided into two parts both of which are intended to locate the analysis of mitigating the relationship between class, race, ethnicity, and culture within the context of geopolitical spaces.</p> <p>Part I of the book sets out a theoretical framework within which an analysis of the concepts of class, race, ethnicity and culture can be analysed in a specific historical context. In the context of this analysis the writer draws examples from state institutional arrangements within South Africa, Zimbabwe, Botswana and, South Sudan. The book draws a distinction between the socio-economic inequalities created by race from those arising from ethnic consideration. Race and ethnicity if defined within geographic spaces often entrench group hegemony and produce hierarchical economic inequalities. The phenomena of racial and ethnic inequalities can be exacerbated if institutionalised within the state system, thus promoting nepotism and diversion of state resources away from the legitimate intended beneficiaries.</p> <p> In part II, the book analyses the concept of catalytic human settlements projects within the urban space, specific to Johannesburg, in the context of race and class. It argues that the theory of integrated human settlements is essential but not sufficient to redress the race and class inequalities in society.</p> <p>The writer conducted a study of the racially integrated Cosmo City and the Corridors of Freedom within Johannesburg. The study of Cosmo City and the Corridors of Freedom in Johannesburg have problematised some of the assumptions that integrated human settlements mitigates the racial and class inequalities. It is not a given that racial and class social group proximity is able to reduce the economic gap between and among the groups. </p> <p>Overall, the author attempts to demystify the theory that race, ethnicity and, culture are sacrosanct determinants of national and group identity. In this regard, it is argued that colour does not define national identity of racial groups in society. It is argued that the phenomena of race and culture are social constructs which are influenced and in turn influence the environment within which groups live, precisely because culture is not static nor is it determined within physical space.<br /><br />One of the unique contributions of this book to social science, the sociological discourse, is the interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of race, culture and space. It deconstructs the theory that the structure of society is only determined within the realm of economics. It elevates the concepts of culture, ethnicity and race to the level where the socio-economic structure is defined in the context of geopolitical multi-racialism. This approach dismisses the notion that inequalities in society are brought about by intellectual natural race-based attributes. </p> <p> </p> Thozamile Botha Copyright (c) 2025 Unisa Press 2025-07-15 2025-07-15 Trance and transfiguration in rock art and literature https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/159 <p><strong>Unisa Press: ISBN 978-1-77615-208-7 E-Book: ISBN 978-1-77615-209-4</strong></p> <p>118 pp, softcover with colour plates, 2025, <strong>Unisa Press &amp; Routledge copublication.</strong></p> <p>Expanded consciousness may have a more pervasive role in the arts, literature and religion than we may realise. This book delves into such states and of shamanism in Anglophone literature, both as inspiration and as theme. The author, Richard Alan Northover goes a step further as he expands on the work of archaeologists David Lewis-Williams and David Whitely to open up altered states of consciousness in rock art. Readers are guided from Aldous Huxley’s reflections on psychedelic states into more recent cognitive neuroscientific research.</p> <p>The author draws in a set of three coauthors to offer wider perspectives.<strong> Francis Thackeray</strong> considers the evidence of Shakespeare’s possible use of marijuana for creative inspiration. <strong>Waynes Stables</strong> explores the social implications of altered states and the loss of self, while <strong>Dan Wylie</strong> directs a sceptical gaze on transcendental claims. Both his and Northover’s blogs, ranging from marijuana in South African literature through southern African San rock art to the Neolithic Newgrange passage tomb, open a polemic platform, inviting online discussions.</p> <p>Northover applies the concepts developed in the book in a critical analysis of Kim Stanley Robinson’s novel <em>Shaman</em> (2013) set in and around the Chauvet cave about 35,000 years ago. As a bonus, the book contains twelve images, seven of them in colour, which illuminate and enliven the discussions further.</p> <p><strong>CONTENTS</strong></p> <p><strong>Contributors vii</strong></p> <p><strong>Foreword <em>David Whitley </em></strong> <strong>xi</strong></p> <p><strong>Introduction: </strong>B<strong>etween Visionary and Mystical Experiences</strong> - <strong><em>Richard Alan Northover</em></strong> <strong>1</strong></p> <p><strong>Trance and Transfiguration in Rock Art and Literature Richard - <em>Alan Northover </em> 11 </strong></p> <p><strong>A World without Selves: A Reply to Richard Alan Northover’s Lecture - <em>Wayne Stables</em> 34 </strong></p> <p><strong>John Taylor (1620) and the Shakespeare-Hemp-Cannabis Hypothesis: Was the “Noted Weed” a Source of Inspiration for Creativity (“Invention”)? - <em>Francis Thackeray </em> 43</strong></p> <p><strong> Sceptical Reflections on Hallucinogens and Other Worlds - <em>Dan Wylie</em> 58 </strong></p> <p><strong>Conclusion: Trance, Healing and Transgression - <em>Richard Alan Northover </em> 66 </strong></p> <p><strong>Additional Material: </strong></p> <p><strong>Five Blogs and a Critical Reading</strong> <strong>70</strong></p> <p><strong>Critical Diaries</strong> - <em>Dan Wylie </em><strong>70</strong></p> <p><strong>Blog 1:</strong> No 116 – Where’s the Zol in Our Literature? Ethicalanimal <strong>75</strong></p> <p><strong>Blog 2:</strong> Newgrange, Ireland: Neolithic Spirituality <strong> 75</strong></p> <p><strong>Blog 3:</strong> Otherworldly Termites <strong>77</strong></p> <p><strong>Blog 4:</strong> Embodied Metaphors in Shamanic Art <strong>80</strong> </p> <p><strong>Blog 5:</strong> The Axis Mundi, Shamanism and Trance States <strong>84</strong></p> <p><strong>Critical Reading</strong> </p> <p>Richard Alan Northover: Altered States of Consciousness in Kim Stanley Robinson’s Shaman (2013) <strong> 89</strong></p> <p><strong>Index 99</strong></p> Richard Alan Northover Wayne Stables Francis Thackeray David S. Whitely Dan Wylie Copyright (c) 2025 Unisa Press 2025-07-09 2025-07-09 The Moltenos of the Cape https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/180 <p><strong>Copublished by Unisa Press (South Africa) &amp; </strong></p> <p><strong>Routledge (rest of the world) at</strong> <strong><a id="gtm_doi_link" href="https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003687153" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby="bookTitle">https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003687153</a></strong></p> <p><strong>Unisa Press: sales in South Africa (Sales enquiries: morodjm@unisa.ac.za - for hard copy sales only)</strong><br />ISBN: 978-1-77615-222-3 (print)</p> <p><strong>Routledge: Rest of the world (e-books and print on sale at <a href="https://www.routledge.com/The-Moltenos-of-the-Cape/Molteno/p/book/9781041169468">The Moltenos of the Cape - 1st Edition - Selina Molteno - Routledge Bo</a></strong><br />ISBN: 978-1-0411-2239-5 (hardback)<br />ISBN: 978-1-0411-2270-8 (paperback)<br />ISBN: 978-1-0036-6394-2 (e-book)</p> <p><em>The Moltenos of the Cape</em> tells the story of a remarkable family of Anglo-Italian origin, located at the Cape. The commanding figure was Sir John Charles Molteno, the first prime minister of the Cape Colony, who fought fiercely for South African interests against successive British governors. His children included Percy (who was director of the Union Castle Line and a Liberal politician in the<br />UK), Betty (whose radical opinions put her in touch with many advanced thinkers of her day) and Charlie, who opposed Cecil Rhodes and was instrumental in keeping Bechuanaland out of his hands. The book also features Barkly, who joined the British navy and fought slavers near Zanzibar before commanding a warship at the critical battle of Jutland. In the next generation, Donald earned the<br />Xhosa name <em>Dilizintaba</em> (‘Remover of mountains’) for his staunch opposition to segregationist policies.</p> <p><br />Leading members of the Molteno family sought to bridge the divides between black and white, and English- and Afrikaans-speaking, South Africans. They were anti-racists and anti-imperialists long before their time and their tradition of dedicated public service will inspire new generations of South Africans.</p> <p><br />“The Molteno family history tracks all the fault lines of nineteenth-century history. From the rise of the Cape wool economy, to self-governance, to the fate of Cape liberalism, the Molteno family was central to every major development worth remembering. Selina Molteno’s fair-minded, lucidly written account of the Moltenos is a most valuable resource and will be for a long while to come.”<br />– <em>Jonny Steinberg, prize-winning South African write</em>r</p> <p><br />“This engagingly luminous and many-sided portrait of a notable Anglo-Italian family of South Africa’s Cape is a refreshing antidote to humdrum histories which categorise people as this or that group, class or race. Showing the richness that can be captured by a first-rate family history, the accomplished authors of this fascinating story of the influential Moltenos have brought them all to life as flesh-and-blood beings.”<br /><em>–Bill Nasson, professor emeritus, University of Stellenbosch</em></p> <p>“Working on the foundation of research laid by her late, and much lamented, cousin, Robert Molteno, Selina Molteno has produced an excellent history of the Molteno family. This book is an important contribution to South African history and deserves to be widely read.”<br />– <em>Hugh Macmillan, author of major works on the African National Congress</em></p> Selina Molteno Robert Molteno Catherine Corder Hugh Corder Copyright (c) 2025 Unisa Press https://www.routledge.com/The-Moltenos-of-the-Cape/Molteno/p/book/9781041169468 2025-06-30 2025-06-30 The Psychosexual Experiences of Individuals with Visual Impairment in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/172 <p>This book illuminates the often-overlooked aspect of psychosexual development among individuals with visual impairments (PVIs) through a comprehensive lifespan approach. Divided into three meticulously crafted parts, each segment delves into the unique psychosexual experiences encountered by PVIs across various developmental stages.</p> <p>Part 1 initiates the exploration by delving into the formative years of early childhood. Drawing from empirical research and firsthand accounts, this section navigates the intricate interplay between sensory perception, familial dynamics, and societal influences in shaping the psychosexual landscape of young PVIs. </p> <p>Transitioning into adolescence, Part 2 unravels the complexities of teenage psychosexual experiences among PVIs. It delves into topics such as self-esteem, peer acceptance, and the navigation of societal norms, offering a nuanced understanding of how visual impairment intersects with the tumultuous terrain of teenage sexuality.</p> <p>Finally, Part 3 embarks on a journey into adulthood and beyond, where the psychosexual experiences of PVIs continue to evolve and intertwine with broader life experiences. It explores themes of empowerment, resilience, and identity re-negotiation, offering valuable insights into the lifelong trajectory of psychosexual development among individuals with visual impairments.</p> <p>Through its interdisciplinary approach and rich empirical foundation, this book seeks to deepen our understanding of the psychosexual development of PVIs, paving the way for more inclusive and informed support systems across the lifespan.</p> Lindokuhle Ubisi Copyright (c) 2025 Unisa Press 2025-05-01 2025-05-01 Beyond the Pretty White Affair https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/157 <p>The training of psychologists in South Africa has been marred by a history of racism, in large part driven by Euroamerican-centricism, in training and by extension practice. This Euroamerican-centred training of psychologists, which permeated South Africa along with the advent of colonialism and Apartheid, continues to persist. In the book <em>Beyond the Pretty White Affair</em>, Sipho Dlamini highlights how the longstanding Euroamerican-centrism in psychology training programmes serves to alienate and estrange Black psychologists, when then their life worlds are ignored or their personal experiences pathologized. He calls for a re-orientation towards African- centred psychology training and practice which stands to ask new and different questions about the human condition, taking on board those who have been historically racially marginalized. African-centred psychology, as Dlamini suggests, requires recontemplations of training curricula that must be centred on Africa not only in their application, but also in therapeutic practices, conceptualisations, community psychology and psychological assessments. The book is an insightful read for psychological practitioners, academics, and students, who are keen to reflect on the state of the profession in South Africa and prospects for its transformation.</p> Sipho Dlamini Copyright (c) 2025 Unisa Press 2025-03-14 2025-03-14 Sesotho History and Development https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/160 <p>The history of languages in Africa clearly indicates that Africans are one people. The intersectionality and juxtaposition of the root words across Bantu languages with similar semantics attest that they come from one ancestor. Therefore, language cannot be separated from people and culture. Colonialism, tribalism and creation of borders in Africa played a devastating role in decimating and dividing the African continent. Research reveals that Bantu languages have their roots in West Africa, particularly in Cameroon, and spread to other regions such as East Africa and Southern Africa. Sesotho, which is the focus of this book, traces its origins from West Africa and spread to the southern tip of Africa through migration over centuries. This book traces the historical development and evolution of Sesotho language over centuries in comparison to other African languages which demonstrates similar meaning in terms of syntax, semantics and morphology when some words are juxtaposed against each other in these different languages spoken in sub-Saharan Africa. This book is a rare gem in the African languages and linguistics fi eld. It unearths and delves deeper into a history of Africans prior to being invaded and infested by colonialism whose aim was to impose the hegemony of western languages on Africans. Moreover, Europeans had to resort to their own onomastics in cases where the pronunciation of African names was difficult for them. However, this book presents an authentic historical account of Sesotho as one of the spoken languages in Southern Africa and makes a unique contribution towards African languages and linguistics. It is, therefore, fitting that the publishing of this book coincides with the 200 years celebration of the documented history of Basotho.</p> Ntsoeu Seepheephe Copyright (c) 2024 Unisa Press 2024-12-15 2024-12-15 South African Local Municipalities https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/154 <p>Fraud is a growing and widespread problem that affects organisations of all types, sizes, and locations, necessitating the inclusion of fraud prevention strategies in any organisation's risk management plan. This book offers valuable insights into fraud prevention techniques, procedures, and systems used by individuals and organisations. It highlights the importance of establishing a sound ethical culture, supporting policies, and legislative instruments to mitigate fraud risks. Additionally, the book emphasises the need for taking proactive measures and facilitating cooperation between all stakeholders, including auditors, fraud investigators, employees, management, and law enforcement agencies.</p> <p>The author provides practical guidance on identifying potential fraud risks, implementing preventative measures, detecting, and responding to fraud. He discusses various forms of municipal fraud, including embezzlement, bribery, nepotism, manipulation of procurement processes, and misuse of state resources. The book also underscores the importance of cooperative governance in addressing challenges faced by local government entities, such as insufficient capital, lack of managerial skills, future business projections, and uncontrolled representations.</p> <p>As a valuable resource for anyone interested in fraud prevention policies and techniques, particularly in the South African context, the book highlights that fraud can happen anywhere and in any organisation, and municipalities are especially vulnerable due to social challenges. The author emphasises that no entity is immune from fraud and contextualises fraud by identifying unique characteristics and issues related to each type of fraud and presents the five elements required to prove fraud.</p> <p>The book explores the use of the Fraud Investigation Framework (FIM), providing a structured approach for responding to allegations of fraud. It highlights the importance of all stakeholders working together, fostering an atmosphere of ethical behaviour and mutual trust. The book calls attention to the importance of managing the risk of fraud systematically, just like any other business risk.</p> <p>Overall, this book is an excellent resource for anyone interested in investigating fraud. I commend the author's insightful analysis and comprehensive perspective on this critical subject and urge all organisations and individuals to take a proactive approach to prevent and detect fraud. Let us all work together to foster a culture of transparency, ethical behaviour, and mutual trust.</p> Manyedi Solomon Nkashe Copyright (c) 2024 Unisa Press 2024-11-10 2024-11-10 Critical skills for students https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/158 <p>Every year, a new cohort of students enters higher education in both public and private institutions. In South Africa, approximately one third will not complete their first-year or degrees due to academic, financial, or personal challenges. Some higher and further education staff see these first-year students as underprepared, irresponsible, or challenging to deal with. While some institutions commit to putting experienced educators in front of inexperienced students, some just seek available educators, who may be discipline specialists but are not always equipped with the relevant educational expertise to engage the most effectively with these students and induct them into higher education.</p> <p>The author has been engaging with educators over the years, and has observed how certain patterns and challenges were repeated and conversations seemed to circle around the same issues and opinions. These were echoed in conversations with specialists at other institutions and in the literature. Most often, first-year students are positioned as deficient or attitudinally challenged. And yet, it emerged that competencies like being able to use a calculator, critical thinking, communicating well and the willingness to ask for help were differentiators in whether students persisted and succeeded or not.</p> <p>In secondary education, when students pass a subject that requires a 50% (or lower) pass rate to enter higher education, the assessors are presenting a judgement that there is something in that subject that students do not know, and the ‘what’ part of the curriculum these students do not know differs from student to student. Yet the context of the first-year class often results in large groups, relatively standardised curricula and time challenged educators. Assumptions are made about what students know and should know.</p> <p>Similar to the foundation phase of school, the first-year experience is critical to obtaining a higher education qualification and will shape students perceptions of their abilities, their potential and suitability for certain fields. Students make decisions about what to study and what to major in, based on their success or experiences in first year. For academics and sponsors, academic success at the end of the first year is a good predictor of success generally in higher education. The first-year results will open and close doorways in several subjects and the consequences may affect employability and futures.</p> <p>Given this, and the intellectual challenges of higher education, it is no surprise that many regard critical thinking as essential to higher education success. Associated competencies from creative thinking to problem solving and even ‘common-sense’ are often cited in discussion about what students need to be able to do to succeed in higher education.</p> <p>This book outlines the importance of critical thinking, based on growing research in what develops critical thinking and shows how educators should nurture the developing of critical thinking in their students both in higher education and other types of schooling.</p> Heather Goode Copyright (c) 2024 Unisa Press 2024-10-28 2024-10-28 Fundamentals of Social Sciences Research https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/140 <p>This book offers an alternative perspective on research from the<br />Global South. The significance and place of research cannot be<br />over-emphasised among those in the knowledge production and<br />knowledge application space in higher education, industry and<br />public administration in general. The intersectionality of disciplines<br />today and the attendant multi-directionality of knowledges have<br />blurred the lines between fields of knowledge and the ways in<br />which these fields are researched. No field of study is an island, and<br />the lines between science and art are increasingly getting narrow.<br />Often, the researcher must be multiskilled, employ novel methods,<br />techniques and strategies to study a particular phenomenon.<br />This book provides the reader with the theoretical fundamentals to<br />deal with research practice. For a postgraduate student, it stands<br />as an impeccable resource for explanation of concepts, structures<br />and principles. For academics and faculty, it functions as a key<br />reference for procedures and methods in understanding, evaluating<br />and examining research outputs. For research professionals,<br />it serves as a handbook to guide practice and unpack areas of<br />difficulty. As such, the book is relevant for research practitioners in<br />the social sciences. Multiple cutting-edge examples, models and<br />illustrations as well as simplified English language assist readers<br />to easily understand the concepts covered in this book.<br />The author draws from his substantial experience in lecturing<br />research methodology and techniques modules for many years,<br />coupled with hands-on experience in supervision of master’s and<br />doctoral students, respectively. Therefore, this user-friendly book<br />offers the tools that make research an exciting enterprise.</p> Juniel Matavire Copyright (c) 2025 Unisa Press 2024-10-10 2024-10-10 Vuloyimuni https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/134 <p>The autobiography was written to contribute to resolving housing issues in South Africa. It is a response to the plight of many South Africans who lived in squalor conditions in hostels. The constitutional imperative of the right to housing spurred the author to research on the living conditions of black people in hostels and government housing projects. She found that the Hostel Redevelopment Programme has indeed improved the living conditions of hostel dwellers. The noble government interventions to provide housing especially in the hostels and generally among South African communities were dented by shoddy workmanship by the contractors and corrupt tendencies by some of the stakeholders. <em>Vuloyimuni: How research on hostels, housing and intergovernmental relations took me to my roots </em>is a microcosm of the weaknesses of the South African tender system, which led to incomplete housing projects with extreme structural defects, illegal occupation, illegal selling of the houses and vandalism. Nevertheless, the author presents a model for the successful completion of government housing projects through the synergistic relations between national, provincial and local government. The book also depicts the author’s resilience demonstrated through her humble beginnings of being raised by a single parent, being a hawker and eventually obtaining a doctoral degree in spite of the notorious apartheid system, poverty and patriarchal society. The democratic dispensation has admirable policies of gender equality, but women are still experiencing unprecedented gender-based violence. Nevertheless, the author’s life experiences attest that women who empower themselves through education will emancipate themselves against the social ills perpetrated against them. <em>Vuloyimuni </em>epitomises women’s resilience in a hostile world, characterised by misogyny and oppression of women in society and all spheres of life.</p> Salpina Ubisi Copyright (c) 2024 Unisa Press 2024-09-10 2024-09-10 The Faces and Phases of Inkosi Albert Luthuli https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/61 <p>Inkosi Albert Luthuli had a long and distinguished career as a leader in the South African freedom struggle and occupies an important place in the country’s history as an advocate of Christian (liberation) theology. There is a growing field of knowledge creation exploring the relevance of his<br />leadership in people’s understanding of historical development in South Africa. Luthuli espoused the values and principles of Batho Pele through his moral and ethical leadership, serving as a transformative leader embedded in the philosophy of ubuntu.</p> <p>Luthuli’s life, intellectual and religious philosophies and orientations need to be applied as a lens to comment on historical and contemporary socioeconomic and political issues in South Africa. It is crucial to approach Luthuli’s life in a holistic manner so that people can consider his multiple<br />identities and learn lessons relevant to their positions within society (as community leaders, religious leaders, political actors, scholars, social justice activists and above all as citizens). This will help them to understand the many layers of injustice and inequality plaguing South African society today.<br />Such an undertaking would require an effort to de-normalise multiple layers of power structures in cultivating knowledge, including racial, gender and epistemic barriers.</p> <p>This book combines a set of 12 chapters by various contributors that offer insights into diverse aspects of Luthuli’s life, and his relevance for contemporary South Africa(ns).</p> <table width="664"> <tbody> <tr> <td width="176"> <p><strong>Print Book: ISBN: 978-1-77615-194-3</strong></p> </td> </tr> <tr> <td width="176"> <p><strong>E-book: e-ISBN: 978-1-77615-195-0</strong></p> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <p><strong>CONTENTS</strong></p> <p>About the Contributors vii</p> <p>Foreword - <em>Prince Mangosuthu Buthelezi</em> x</p> <p>Preface - <em>Raymond Suttner</em> xii</p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 1</strong></p> <p>Inkosi Albert Luthuli, an Expanded Legacy: Book Overview 1</p> <p><em>Puleng Segalo and Tinyiko Chauke</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 2</strong></p> <p>The Afterlife of Inkosi Albert Luthuli: Discourse, Memory and Legacy 18</p> <p><em>Siphamandla Zondi and Keaobaka Tsholo</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 3</strong></p> <p>Reflections of the Life of Inkosi Albert Luthuli in the Anti-Colonial Films of Africa 32</p> <p><em>Vitus Nanbigne</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 4</strong></p> <p>Disputing South African Cultural Diplomacy 44</p> <p><em>Akhona Ndzuta</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 5 </strong></p> <p>Building Solidarities: A Tale of Two Fathers 56</p> <p><em>Rivonia Naidu</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 6</strong></p> <p>The Transcending Judas Iscariot Episode: On Being a Black Woman in</p> <p>Post-Apartheid South Africa 70</p> <p><em>Tinyiko Chauke</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 7</strong></p> <p>On Inkosi Albert Luthuli, Land, Wellbeing and Identity 81</p> <p><em>Puleng Segalo</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 8</strong> 92</p> <p>Landless and Homeless in South Africa: A Call for Social Justice in the Post-Apartheid Era</p> <p><em>Mfaniseni Wiseman Mbatha</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 9</strong></p> <p>Reflections on Inkosi Albert Luthuli and Black Liberation Theology:</p> <p>In Conversation with Itumeleng Mosala 103</p> <p><em>Puleng Segalo</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 10</strong></p> <p><em>Morena ke morena ka batho</em>: Future Leaders and Transformative Leadership</p> <p>in South Africa 113</p> <p><em>Puleng Segalo and Wiseman Mbatha</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 11</strong> 128</p> <p>The Legacy of Chief Albert Luthuli’s Soft Power, Servant-Leadership and Pragmatic Leadership in the Struggle against Apartheid</p> <p><em>Sibangilizwe Maphosa</em></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER 12</strong></p> <p>Editors in Conversation: Reflecting on the Journey 140</p> <p><em>Puleng Segalo and Tinyiko Chauke</em></p> <p><strong>INDEX</strong> 147</p> Puleng Segalo Tinyiko Chauke Mfaniseni Wiseman Mbatha Sibangilizwe Maphosa Vitus Nanbigne Rivonia Naidu Akhona Ndzuta Raymond Suttner Keaobaka Tsholo Siphamandla Zondi Copyright (c) 2024 Unisa Press 2024-06-14 2024-06-14 Invisible or ignored? https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/162 <p>The author investigates four distinct indigenous African musical instruments played within the Venda culture. He considers how many African communities have similar practices of certain instruments, which are played in other African cultures with different approaches. The book highlights similar musical practices shared across many African countries, despite the diverse cultural settings.</p> <p>Print book ISBN: 978-1-77615-155-4. e-book ISBN: 978-1-77615-156-1</p> <p>Softcover, 180pp. </p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p>Preface vi<br />1 Introduction: The musician, music and society 1<br />2 The importance of indigenous African music education 28<br />3 Dende instrument – A Venda male bow instrument 53<br />4 Tshitiringo instrument – A Venda bamboo flute 94<br />5 Lugube instrument – A Venda jaw harp instrument 127<br />6 Tshihwana instrument – A Venda female bow instrument 152<br />7 Conclusion 177<br />Bibliography 180</p> Evans Netshivambe Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-12-12 2023-12-12 Violence in schools https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/94 <p>Internationally, violence occurs in schools on a regular basis; and in some contexts is particularly serious and widespread. One such context is South Africa, where, on an almost daily basis, newspapers carry reports of one or other aspect of school violence.</p> <p>While a number of academic studies have delineated the extent and nature of such violence, and made recommendations on possible solutions to the problem, there has - until now - been no single book bringing together theory and research on the causes of violence, and on its reduction and prevention.</p> <p style="margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;"><span style="font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Arial',sans-serif; color: #333333;">Finding suitable solutions requires a clear understanding of how and where violence is generated. Uniquely,&nbsp;<em style="box-sizing: border-box;">Violence in schools: South Africa in an international context</em>&nbsp;covers both the social bases of school violence and the role many schools themselves play in generating violent behaviour. It goes on to argue that school-generated violence is potentially much more amenable to positive intervention: solutions can be developed at the local level, by schools themselves, and in response to the specific circumstances generated in individual schools.</span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;"><span style="font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Arial',sans-serif; color: #333333;">This study also asks why males specifically play such a large part in violence in South African society. Examining the theories and empirical evidence regarding the nature and causes of violence in schools globally, it explores them as they relate to South African schools specifically.</span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;"><span style="font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Arial',sans-serif; color: #333333;">Overtly based on the value of democratic values in seeking solutions, the book provides very useful resources for a whole range of educational endeavours. It will be of considerable interest to government educational departments, NGOs, teacher-education institutions, and staff and governing bodies in schools.</span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;"><span style="font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Arial',sans-serif; color: #333333;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></span></p> Vusi Mncube C Harber Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-12-11 2023-12-11 Mediating Open & Distance e-Learning in the Advent of Global Crises https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/146 <p>This book is a collection of research essays written by presenters at the virtual ODeL conference which was held at the time of the pandemic lockdown. It provides a range of topical discussion centred around the academic field of distance learning, particularly as it accelerated into an online format, with short notice to prepare for this change in the mode of teaching.</p> <p>Research forms the cornerstone of an academic discipline and informs practice, and vice versa. The academic field of distance education has been acknowledged as a niche area for research on the African continent. This collection of essays takes the reader from an analysis of research levels and trends in South Africa and conceptualisation of Open distance and e-learning, to practioners’ reflections and the advancement of technology for teaching and learning. The diverse group of authors reflect the demographic of today’s researchers and spans a range of education focus areas, African countries and both experienced and emerging researchers.</p> <p>Each of these essays portrays a key aspect of open distance and e-learning education and offers challenges and opportunities for critical thinking and reflection. It is a snapshot of the research talent that is emerging from within Africa in the field of open distance and e-learning.</p> Moeketsi Letseka Jennifer Roberts Akintolu Morakinyo Gezani Baloyi Tshegofatso Makgakga Sindile Ngubane Onica Mankebe Ndwambi Kefiloe Adolphina Maboe Mpho-Entle Puleng Modise Geesje Van den Berg Cecilia van Zyl Willie le Roux Zurika Robinson Samuel Amponsah Boadi Agyekum Rajendran P. Pillay Jennifer Roberts Hugo Denton van der Walt Rossano Wells Itumeleng Setlhodi Petro Van der Merwe Tonny N Matjila Copyright (c) 2023 The Authors https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 2023-11-27 2023-11-27 South Africa's high-stress security environment https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/138 <p>Written to be accessible to those footsoldiers working in the security industry, this book is based on extensive research completed by the author. It offers a model for coping with stress in the dangerous security industry, as a unique work environment.</p> <p>Chapters cover the following: Day-to-day South Africa: A violent way of life, The security industry in South Africa, Understanding stress, Stress at work and how it impacts on us, Dealing with stress, Personality and coping: Know thyself – the key, Psychological resources and coping, A model for coping with stress in the security industry, The last word on stress and a way forward, an extensive Bibliography and an Index.</p> <p>The book contains photos supplied by the author himself - offering an insider view to how training is done for security staff working in high-stress situations.</p> <p>Print book: ISBN 978-1-77615-183-7<br />E-book: ISBN 978-1-77615-184-4</p> Gerhard Schoeman Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-07-01 2023-07-01 Correctional Prison Education https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/126 <ul> <li>ISBN: <span data-v-7ef55fe6="">9781776151226. </span>Number of pages: <span data-v-7ef55fe6="">180</span></li> </ul> <p data-v-7ef55fe6="">With a foreword by Ann Pike</p> <p data-v-7ef55fe6="">The prevalence of crime that results in the offenders' incarceration is a manifestation of social ills in our communities that can be remedied by education. Education is the panacea for crime, and this could catapult our neighbourhoods to be in a utopian state of being crime free. Therefore, it is incumbent upon our government to ensure that no one is left behind as far as education is concerned. Since crime is a perpetual phenomenon in society, correctional education is indispensable. That Africa is now democratised also necessitates a paradigm shift in which the focus should be on the rehabilitation of criminals to contribute their skills to the nation instead of retribution. More importantly, the focus needs to be inclined more on restorative justice anchored on African values of Ubuntu and human rights in which forgiveness has pre-eminence over vengeance. This book seeks to provide ways in which correctional education could be improved. Therefore, the whole correctional system needs to prioritise the empowerment of offenders through skills and education they will use to make a living once they are released from custody and reintegrated back into society. Moreover, more funding is needed to improve correctional facilities to have the relevant building infrastructure that supports the implementation of correctional education without compromising safety and security. Proper classrooms equipped with relevant educational technology and provision of learning materials like those in schools and institutions of learning outside prison and employment of qualified educators and administrators, among others, are essential to providing quality correctional education.</p> LINEO ROSE JOHNSON Kofi Quan-Baffour Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-06-30 2023-06-30 Critically diverse perspectives on Covid-19 https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/133 <p><strong>Unisa Press &amp; the National Institute for the Humanities and Social Sciences (NIHSS)</strong></p> <p>The worldwide Covid-19 pandemic not only generated medical and health crises but also reconfigured the already existing social, cultural, racial, communal, legal, political, sociological, psychological, geographical, and economic hierarchies across the globe.</p> <p>Suddenly, the world saw how financially flourishing communities began overbuying grocery, medical and other household items and the economically deprived communities were left with little or no access; how certain religious and communal groups were selectively demonised and penalised for spreading the virus; how the people from socio-economically backward rural and urban spaces have been denied access to basic health, hygiene, and medical facilities; how the Euro-North American medical practitioners have been treating selective bodies as laboratories of vaccine experiment. The editors Sayan Dey and Shankadeep Chattopadhyay spoke to a diverse range of scholars and practitioners to make sense of the impact of the pandemic. The book offers a broad set of perspectives.</p> <p>In the closing section on Teaching and Learning Covid-19, Paul Prinsloo engages with the various teaching and learning challenges that Covid-19 has generated in South Africa, especially with respect to Open Distance Learning. </p> <p><strong>Print book: ISBN 978-1-77615-172-1<br /></strong><strong>E-book: ISBN 978-1-77615-173-8</strong></p> Sayan Dey Shankhadeep Chattopadhyay Dené Du Rand Kenneth Kaplan Sihlanganiso Khumalo Siseko Khulmalo Rozena Maart Tshepo Madlingozi Bongani Mkhonza Sabelo Ndlovu-Gatsheni Luthando Ngema Paul Prinsloo Norma Romm Copyright (c) 2023 The Authors https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 2023-06-21 2023-06-21 Corporate Governance in Public Entities https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/19 <div class="col-lg-9 col-md-9 col-sm-12 col-xs-12 main"> <div class="clearfix row"> <p class="blurbtransito">The role of public entities is crucial within the economies of developing and developed countries. They facilitate economic growth and sustainable development, help to attract global investment capital, while aiding to maintain economic stability and to stimulate economic growth. As business environments change, boards of directors form a vital solid buffer by ensuring good corporate governance.</p> <p class="blurbtransito"><em>Corporate Governance in Zimbabwe's Public Entities</em> breaks new ground by focusing on the governance and effectiveness of boards of directors in public enterprises in Zimbabwe. Benchmarking with South Africa and Australia, the author critically evaluates Zimbabwean corporate governance models and legal, regulatory reforms with internationally accepted corporate governance standards.</p> <p class="blurbtransito">This book focuses on initiatives, laws and regulations aimed at enhancing the effectiveness of boards of public entities. <em>Corporate Governance in Zimbabwe's Public Entities</em> is designed to influence the formulation of policies where the application of corporate governance and the development of the jurisprudence is not in advanced stages yet.</p> <p class="blurbtransito">Spanning eight chapters, author Nomsa Moyo effectively follows a `law in action’ approach, drawing from a wide range of sources and based on her discussions with corporations and boards across the three countries.</p> </div> </div> Nomsa Moyo Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-05-24 2023-05-24 Decolonising Journalism in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/71 <p>This book is the culmination of several years of collaborative work. It is a unique contribution to the field of journalism because of the depth and variety of contributions it makes to the field.</p> <p>The scholars who contribute to the seventeen essays in this volume respond to the great need to rethink journalism from various perspectives including journalism training, research, the contents of the news media, language, media ethics, the safety of journalists and gender inequities in the news media. In doing this, they recognise how the societies that journalism address should themselves change.</p> <p>Contributors are (in alphabetical order): Colin Chasi, Glenda Daniels, Bevelyn Dube, Anthea Garman, Taryn Isaacs de Vega, Zubeida Jaffer, Winson Mano, Willemien Marais, Admire Marais, Viola c Milton, Nomalanga Mkhize, Shepherd Mpofu, Bruce Mutsvairo, Sabelo J. Ndlovu-Gatsheni, Mvuzo Ponono, Julie Reid, Ylva Rodny-Gumede, Phillip Santos, Christi van der Westhuizen, and Mia Swart.</p> <div class="isbn_details isbn_details_9781032493985 "> <div class="isbn_data isbn_dataHARD ">ISBN 9781032493985</div> </div> <div>288 Pages 22 B/W Illustrations</div> <div><span class="publication_date publication_date_9781032493985 "><span class="pub_details pub_detailsHARD ">Published May 19, 2023 </span></span>by Routledge &amp; Unisa Press</div> <div>Orders within South Africa: contact morodjm@unisa.ac.za </div> <div>Orders outside of South Africa:</div> <div>https://www.routledge.com/Decolonising-Journalism-Education-in-South-Africa-Critical-Perspectives/Rodny-Gumede-Chasi-Jaffer-Ponono/p/book/9781032493985#</div> <div> </div> Colin Chasi Yiva Rodny Gumede Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-05-19 2023-05-19 Making the Circle Bigger South African Higher Education, Social Justice and Students with DisabilitieS https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/78 <p>The book takes as starting point the proposition that students with disabilities (SWDs) can be seen as canaries in the coal mine of South African higher education inclusion debates. Their experiences point to the multiple ways in which existing norms and practices are formulated around a set of assumed normalities that need to be questioned and reconfigured. The idea of ‘inclusion’ is critiqued since it implies inclusion into ways of being and doing that exclude and marginalise. In this book we offer a diverse range of perspectives in order to suggest what it might mean for universities to create cultures that are friendly to disability. The chapters provide new insights into the multiple ways in which dominant norms and practices do violence to those whose lives and experiences they exclude, ignore, denigrate and fail to recognise as fully human, deserving of equal respect and consideration. The book offers a South perspective which explores the intersection of multiple aspects of students’ identities but places the experiences of SWDs centre stage for the first time in the South African higher education transformation, equity and inclusion debate. While previous literature has focused mainly on obstacles and challenges faced by SWDs in this book contributors talk also about solutions and share experiences of best practices. Rather than focusing on disability as a characteristic of individuals the book takes the perspective that social environments and relationships are disabling and that it is the latter that need to change rather than locating the challenges in the disabled person who is then constructed as needing to find ways of ‘fitting in’ to society. The various contributions cover a wide spectrum of concerns, from flexible and accessible curricula; to questions of funding, assistive technology, conscientisation and sensitisation of educators, availability of monitoring mechanisms to ensure effective implementation of inclusive education policies, participation of SWDs in sport and recreational activities,&nbsp; accessibility of built environments, both academic and social, health promotion and sharing responsibility for inclusion.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> Desire Chiwandire Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-05-19 2023-05-19 M, PS Mathematical Problem Solving in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/129 <p><em>Mathematical Problem solving In South Africa: Research and Practice </em>is written for scholars and mathematics education practitioners interested in quality research, methodological rigour, and potentially transformative implications to assist them in understanding the teaching and learning of mathematical problem solving in South Africa. As such, this book aims to present current research on problem solving in this Southern African context. Nevertheless, the latter part on context needs to be emphasised. The editors are excited about how much the research was context-bound, even if at times not overtly stated.</p> <p>As a secondary aim to this book, the contextual nature of educational research is a focal point - in order to encourage others from different backgrounds to present what they observe, in this case, around mathematical problem solving. So, in reading this book, the most important message that we want to convey to the reader is how valuable ‘local’ research is and how much it can spark broader discussions on the subject matter.</p> <p>With that in mind, we believe that the book presents ‘the state of the art’ of mathematical problem solving in South African education. The book also provides various perspectives to problem solving involving research-based approaches to instruction and content. After reading this book, readers will not only be informed about mathematical problem solving specifically in South Africa but also ideas to apply in the reader’s context. Specifically, this book provides insight into what mathematical problem solving means in a South African context and how it is being implemented in the classrooms, preservice teacher education, and in-service teachers’ professional development initiatives. On the other hand, the term problem solving has different meanings for different mathematics education practitioners. As such, it has been challenging to conclude what mathematical problem solving means in South Africa. This edited volume is compiled to make such an exposition and open up ideas about how we generally view problem solving in mathematics education research.<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p><em>Mathematical Problem solving in South Africa: Research and Practice</em> is an indispensable resource to people with research interests in mathematical problem solving and mathematics education at any level; mathematics education researchers; mathematics teachers; mathematics education students in higher education; mathematics education curriculum planners and policymakers. The current focus of mathematical problem-solving research is on what transpires in the classroom during its implementation. Besides giving empirical data on how mathematical problem solving is implemented in a South African context, this book gives insight into some of the different ways in which local mathematics teachers teach problem solving and use problem solving to teach mathematics. The book has many significant ideas to help teachers to implement problem-solving tasks into their classrooms. These significant ideas were tested in the classrooms by the authors. This means the book can be used by professional development practitioners interested in supporting in-service mathematics teachers in teaching problem solving.<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p>The 14 authors of the nine chapters, who are from various South African institutions of higher learning, pay careful attention to the past, present and future directions of mathematical problem solving in South Africa and internationally. Consequently, this book is helpful for graduate courses on mathematical problem solving or mathematics teacher education.<span class="Apple-converted-space"> </span></p> <p>The book also provides international researchers with insight into developments in South Africa regarding the teaching and learning of mathematical problem solving. The authors engage diverse conceptualisations of mathematical problem solving and, at the same time, offer a range of approaches for exploring aspects related to problem solving in mathematics classrooms. We intend that this more diverse view contributes to a broader discussion on how we approach the teaching and research of mathematical problem solving. The book aims to:</p> <ul> <li>Bring together recent work from researchers, and inform readers about mathematical problem-solving research in South Africa;</li> <li>To provide an updated overview of contemporary research on mathematical problem solving;</li> <li>Clarify what mathematical problem solving means in a South African context;</li> <li>Provide empirical data on how mathematical problem solving is implemented in the South African context;</li> <li>Give insight into some of the different ways in which South African mathematics teachers teach problem solving, thus drawing attention to successfully applied teaching practices; and</li> <li>Identify main directions for further research in mathematical problem solving in South Africa.</li> </ul> Brantina Chirinda Patrick Barmby Kakoma Luneta Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-05-19 2023-05-19 Enhancing Adult Basic Learning https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/136 <p>Training Educators and Unlocking the Potential of Distance and Open Learning</p> Veronica I. McKay Madu Singh Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-03-02 2023-03-02 50 years of The Freedom Charter https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/137 <p>50 Years of the Freedom Charter is a new edition of a classic work, banned for possession under the apartheid government. The main body of the text, prepared initially in 1986, has been left unaltered, but the authors have added a substantial new introduction and a bibliography of some of the literature that was not then available within the country or emerged after publication of the book.This book offers an elaborately illustrated and fascinating account of the making of the historic Freedom Charter in South Africa in 1955. The material is presented largely through the words of actual participants, as recorded in interviews with the authors. It includes a significant section on the contemporary relevance of the Freedom Charter today.</p> Raymond Suttner Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-03-02 2023-03-02 The #54_IR Anatomy of Power https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/54 <p>The author analyses the ways in which the body of `The African' has itself been analysed in Western thought from the Renaissance to the present.&nbsp; Conventional analyses of colonialism view the body and society of the African as having pre-dated European intervention - the repressive practices of colonial occupation are seen as having disfigured a pre-existing known identity. Against this perspective the book argues that socio-medical technologies were and are the creative underbelly of social control, actively inventing the African body, mind and society itself as objects amenable to analysis and domination. The book spans ten chapters, and contains 16 illustrations.</p> <p>This is an extraordinary book, using Foucault's thinking on the relationship between power and knowledge.</p> <p>This book is the winner of the Hiddingh Currie Award 1998 for Academic Excellence.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> Alexander Butchart Copyright (c) 1998 Unisa Press 2023-02-16 2023-02-16 The Real Threat of the COVID-19 Pandemic to the University of South Africa (Unisa) https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/62 <p>The real threat of the COVID-19 pandemic to the University of South Africa (Unisa) is neither occupational health and safety (OHS), nor working-from-home (WfH). Rather, it is the mushrooming of ODeL-like platforms from residential universities in South Africa, Africa and all over the world, as well as the threat of Unisa ODeL experts being poached.</p> Godwell Nhamo Copyright (c) 2020 The Author(s) 2023-02-16 2023-02-16 Examining the African Continental Free Trade Area in the Context of a Political Federation for Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/64 <p>This paper deals with the African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA), which was founded on 21 March 2018, and the creation of an African Economic Community (AEC) as envisaged in the 1991 Abuja Treaty. The AfCFTA and the AEC are potential steps towards the political federation of African countries into a single African nation. The paper highlights critical issues pertaining to the AfCFTA and proposes an effective implementation plan, including options for dealing with the Regional Economic Communities (RECs), the customs unions, the monetary communities and the Tripartite Free Trade Area (TFTA). Overall, the AfCFTA does not have a good chance of success because – among other reasons – political commitment is not always firm in similar initiatives and also the TFTA has gained a lot more traction to a point that it is highly likely to be better implemented than the AfCFTA. The AfCFTA is, as is the TFTA, a critical step towards the creation of an AEC and in turn a potential stage towards a political federation of African countries into a single African nation. The paper makes a case for a United African States (UAS), that is, a political federation of African and Caribbean countries into a single African nation. The UAS is the answer to the many problems that African (and Caribbean) countries face, largely because these countries were wrongly carved up into “nations” when in fact there can only be one African nation rather than many so-called nations in Africa. Indeed, there can be many cultural groups as has always been the case, prior to the 1884/5 Berlin Conference which created countries and micro-states that cannot advance development for their countries/peoples.</p> Vusi Gumede Copyright (c) 2020 Author 2023-02-16 2023-02-16 Enhancing the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning in Open Distance and eLearning https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/66 <p>The University of South Africa needs to ensure its lecturing staff are equipped to teach students at a distance, where most lecturers are not trained educators. Experiential learning and practice-based research linked to the higher education environment are used to train lecturers to improve their teaching practice. By researching and reporting on their teaching practice, the intent is to improve teaching practices and move away from traditional teaching methodologies.</p> Mpine Makoe Copyright (c) 2020 Unisa Press 2023-02-16 2023-02-16 Nelson Rholihlahla Mandela https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/124 <p>In this anthology of essays, Munzhedzi James Mafela brings together voices that give a radically fresh perspective on the life and work of Nelson Mandela. In a ground-breaking multilingual context, contributors view the life of Mandela through the prism of poetry written about him. The poetry, in a number of indigenous southern African languages with translations, is interpreted and analysed, thus bringing previously scattered, neglected or unknown material into the public domain.</p> <p>Since Mandela’s release from jail much has been published on his life, including poems in various languages. This publication is a garnering of scholarly research into selected African indigenous poetic works about Mandela, so that the volume serves as an appreciation and critical appraisal both of the man and of the poetry about him. Through the poetry, the writers examine aspects of Mandela’s early life, his leadership and character, his role as a freedom fighter, and the element of alienation in his life. Their offerings present a rare and original insight into the life of the man as it unfolds.</p> <p>Together, poets and interpreters weave a wide net, drawing in the interest not only of literary and political science scholars, but also sociolinguists, sociologists, historians, and anthropologists interested in literary anthropology – in fact, anyone interested in the life and work of Nelson Mandela.</p> <p>“A celebration of Nelson Mandela’s life and work, challenges and tribulations, through the poetical eye. This book honours Mandela through multilingual southern African poetry – it is an all-inclusive, multicultural poetic mirror to Mandela’s being – and appropriately so.”</p> <p>- <em>Russel Kaschula (African Languages Association of South Africa, and holder of the NRF SARChI Chair in the Intellectualisation of African Languages, Multilingualism &amp; Education at Rhodes University).</em></p> <p>&nbsp;<a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p>Contributors&nbsp;pp vi–vii</p> <p>Munzhedzi James Mafela. ‘Preface’ - pp ix</p> <p>Munzhedzi James Mafela. ‘Introduction’ &nbsp;- pp xi–xviii</p> <p>Cynthia Daphne Danisile Ntuli. ‘Nelson Rolihlahla Mandela: His Social Life’&nbsp; - pp 1–48</p> <p>Mampaka Lydia Mojapelo. ‘Mandela: Leadership and Character’- pp 49 –80</p> <p>Ximbani Eric Mabaso. ‘Mandela: The freedom fighter’&nbsp;- pp 81 –124</p> <p>Munzhedzi James Mafela. ‘Mandela and the element of alienation’- pp 125 –161</p> <p>Appendix: A list of the poems analysed&nbsp; - pp 162–163</p> <p>Index&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;pp 164–169</p> Munzhedzi James Mafela Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-02-16 2023-02-16 Making the Circle Bigger https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/79 <p>The book is organised into three major sections.</p> <p>The first section maps the South African higher education landscape.</p> <p>The second section focuses on the perspectives of students with disabilities.</p> <p>The third section examines methodological issues surrounding conducting disability inclusion research.</p> <p>The authors conclude by offering recommendations for how we might go about making the circle bigger and coming closer to the goal of achieving inclusive education in South Africa.</p> <p>The book is written in an accessible manner, making it a popular resource for university lecturers, educational policy makers, administrators and students.</p> <ul class="product-info__metadata"> <li> <div class="product-info__metadata__label">Print ISBN 9781776151097, 1776151097</div> <span class="sr-only">Print ISBN 9781776151097, 1776151097</span></li> <li> <div class="product-info__metadata__label">eText ISBN 9781776151103, 1776151100</div> </li> </ul> <p>Available for sale online online with VitalSource:</p> <p><a href="https://www.vitalsource.com/sg/products/making-the-circle-bigger-south-african-higher-desire-chiwandire-louise-v9781776151103">Making the Circle Bigger: South African Higher Education, Social Justice and Students with Disabilities 1st edition | 9781776151097, 9781776151103 | VitalSource</a></p> Desire Chiwandire Louise Vincent Copyright (c) 2023 Unisa Press 2023-01-01 2023-01-01 STILL TO BE NAMED https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/128 <p>This book is written from self-knowledge of black people which is embedded on the African epistemology. It is therefore bringing this African epistemology that is undying by paying attention to the systems of knowledge such as the language which carries our spirituality, as such, it has kept our knowledges safe. The book challenges black people to draw from within and exercise self-love. Hence the call to come back to the self as a step towards the restoration of humanity because the African epistemology is about the preservation of life in its totality. The importance of healing among African people is discussed to show that it is carried in song that is a means to connect black people to the spiritual realm. The African epistemology is brought to the fore to argue that it is in the present because it is derived from the African cosmological understanding that life is a single whole. The contribution of the book is in theorising from an African epistemology which is a praxis of decoloniality because it is moving away from Western epistemology. In writing this book we are joining Simphiwe Dana in her assertion in the song: <em>Ndize mama tata</em> from her first album that we are the hope that for which our ancestors died (<em>silithemba balifela</em>).</p> Zethu Cakata Nompumelelo Zodwa Radebe Copyright (c) 2022 Unisa Press 2022-12-01 2022-12-01 Masculinity meets humanity https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/131 <p>The central concern of this book is masculinised mental health care for boys and men who voluntarily swop male victory narratives with stories of personal pain and vulnerability, as the pathway to personal transformation and freedom from psycho-social distress. Masculinised psychotherapy enables gender-consistent and gender sensitive intimacy exchanges of closeness and distance between men, within an explicitly masculine therapeutic frame, for enhanced personal growth and transformation.</p> <p>A female psychotherapist’s accidental encounter with male university students who showed up for their first psychotherapy group session, ignited intentional fluency in psychotherapeutic process more relatable to boys and men who seek psychotherapeutic engagement.</p> <p>Through persistent cultural and gender modifications to render therapeutic discourses more appealing to a masculine audience, she inadvertently cultivated a therapeutic strategy consistent with her socio-spiritual understanding of herself in the world. In other words, she began to see herself mirrored in the therapeutic adaptations meant for her male clients.</p> <p>Harmonising the process of psychotherapy with meanings of manhood, had the effect of resolving her elusive sense of professional fit and belonging. Reconciling mental health care with masculinity placated concerns of conflicted personal identity and ambivalent professional belonging of a Global South psychotherapist within a modern Western-centred psychological establishment.</p> Shahieda Jansen Copyright (c) 2022 Unisa Press 2022-11-05 2022-11-05 Smart assignment writing https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/58 <p>A seasoned lecturer offers advice for students on how to effectively do research for an assignment, how to structure the assignment correctly (including examples) in order to submit a well-researched document. General advice on the research process is provided, including reference techniques.</p> Eric Nealer Copyright (c) 2022 Unisa Press 2022-06-19 2022-06-19 Corporate Governance in Zimbabwe's Public Entities https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/87 <p>The role of public entities is crucial within the economies of developing and developed countries. They facilitate economic growth and sustainable development, help to attract global investment capital, while aiding to maintain economic stability and to stimulate economic growth. As business environments change, boards of directors form a vital solid buffer by ensuring good corporate governance.</p> <p>Corporate Governance in Zimbabwe's Public Entities breaks new ground by focusing on the governance and effectiveness of boards of directors in public enterprises in Zimbabwe. Benchmarking with South Africa and Australia, the author critically evaluates Zimbabwean corporate governance models and legal, regulatory reforms with internationally accepted corporate governance standards.</p> <p>This book focuses on initiatives, laws and regulations aimed at enhancing the effectiveness of boards of public entities. Corporate Governance in Zimbabwe's Public Entities is designed to influence the formulation of policies where the application of corporate governance and the development of the jurisprudence is not in advanced stages yet.</p> <p>Spanning eight chapters, author Nomsa Moyo effectively follows a `law in action’ approach, drawing from a wide range of sources and based on on her discussions with corporations and boards across the three countries.<br>Print book: ISBN <span style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; display: inline !important; float: none;">978-1-77615-059-5</span></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> Nomsa Jane Moyo Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2022-06-19 2022-06-19 Transito https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/51 <p>The cash-in-transit robbery phenomenon hit a South African society trying to adjust to comprehensive social and political change. The scale, brutality and massive yields occasionally lent it, not unlike prohibition in the United States many decades before, an almost romantic aura. It was strengthened by news reports of massive amounts of money left at robbery scenes for ordinary people to help themselves.</p> <p>It grew into legends of a third force, financing political campaigns. Others suggested an international assault on the country.</p> <p>Here, finally, is the truth behind the robberies. Meticulously researched by a former senior policeman, it reveals who these robbers are: their military training, their numbers, age, criminal background, personal habits, motivation - and what they spend their huge gains on.</p> <p>The research also offers valuable pointers for combatting this growing crime.</p> <p>It disproves many legends but reveals other disturbing issues: police and women who help these robbers, the role of particularly prosecutors and lawyers in thwarting the prosecution, the casinos, used car dealers and lawyers who help launder the vast amounts of stolen money. It also exposes how that money buys the robbers an entrée into elect society.</p> <p>It reveals a huge new and virtually unknown threat to the South African society.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> Hennie Lochner Peet Van Staden Copyright (c) 2022 Unisa Press 2022-01-01 2022-01-01 ‘The Valiant Englishman’ https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/77 <div class="BookPageMetadataSection__description" style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0.8rem 0px; line-height: 1.37; color: #1e1915; font-family: 'Proxima Nova', Montserrat, Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;" data-testid="description"> <div class="TruncatedContent" style="box-sizing: border-box; position: relative;" tabindex="-1"> <div class="TruncatedContent__text TruncatedContent__text--large TruncatedContent__text--expanded" style="box-sizing: border-box; overflow: hidden visible; word-break: break-word; max-height: none;" tabindex="-1" data-testid="contentContainer"> <div class="DetailsLayoutRightParagraph" style="box-sizing: border-box; display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(var(--num-right-col), minmax(0, 1fr)); margin-left: calc(-1 * var(--right-col-left-offset)); padding-left: var(--right-col-left-offset); gap: 2.5%;"> <div class="DetailsLayoutRightParagraph__widthConstrained" style="box-sizing: border-box; grid-column: span var(--num-right-col);"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px;">This book describes the career of an English aristocrat, Christopher Bethell, who arrives in southern Africa in 1878 as the classic "remittance" man, despatched to the colonies to avoid a scandal at home. Bethell, an intelligence officer and later, a border agent, is the protagonist who facilitated the acquisition of arms for Montshiwa's Ratshidi-Barolong to resist the depredations of freebooters, mercenaries based mostly in the Transvaal. In his alliance with Kgosi Montshiwa Tawana, Bethell identifies with Kgosi Montshiwa’s struggle to maintain political independence and economic security. The alliance was further cemented by Bethell’s marriage to a Morolong woman Tepo Boapile – an unusual occurrence in nineteenth century southern Africa. Surrounded by aggressive freebooters from across their eastern border with the Transvaal and the ambiguous forces of colonial advancement from the Cape colony and Britain, Montshiwa and Bethell form an unlikely but enduring relationship aimed at safeguarding Rolong interests. As the Bechuanaland Wars of the early to mid-1880s intensify in brutality Montshiwa and his Chief of Staff, Christopher Bethell are forced to desperate measures to defend the Rolong and avoid outright dispossession. Bethell’s demise is the trigger for firm British imperial intervention, the securing of the Road to the North and events that will determine the fate of Africans in south and central Africa.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px;">The book is a reminder that, in the author’s words, "past relations between South Africa’s different races were characterised as much by collusion and collaboration as they were by hostility, friction and dissent."</p> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> Andrew Hayden Manson Copyright (c) 2022 Unisa Press 2022-01-01 2022-01-01 Give a little love https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/69 <p>This is the story of Zayn Adam, an iconic member of the popular 1970s Cape Flats band, Pacific Express, with the narrative based on key interviews held&nbsp; with people around the musician. The author explores the relationships between the various bands and their creation of music fusion as a means of transcending economic realities which forced this artistic reinvention upon which they had to rely as a means of survival, particularly when performing in white clubs. The author also explores the role of music as a form of cultural commentary and cultural memory against the backdrop of apartheid.<br>Print book: ISBN 9781868887873</p> Llewellin R Jegels Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2021-12-24 2021-12-24 SAICSIT Conference 2021 https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/127 <p>SAICSIT has been hosting its annual conference from 1987, while over the years the shape and nature of the society has changed. This year the School of Computing at the University of South Africa hosted this virtual conference. The theme of the conference was “Reimagining the Interconnected World”.</p> <p>Christine Asaju and Hima Vadapalli look at `Estimating Students' Learning Affects: An Approach Based on the Recognition of Facial Emotion Expressions'. The new normal in the education space is the increased use of virtual online classes. The authors investigate the use of deep learning to identify emotional face changes of students to understand the students learning experience.</p> <p>Jecton Tocho Anyango and Hussein Suleman address `Supporting Trainee Teachers of Computer Science with Game Authoring Tools'. The authors investigate a unique aspect of game-based learning. The researchers developed a prototype game and then evaluated the user experience of the game.</p> <p>Kiren Kosygin Padayachee, Ken J. Nixon and Stephen Phillip Levitt look at `'Determining Human Hand Performance with the Oculus Quest in Virtual Reality Using Fitts’s Law'. Increasingly Virtual Reality is finding its way into our lives. The research that is reported in this paper outlines the investigation of user performance using hand tracking as a key matrix</p> <p>In their timely research paper, Mphumelelo Dhlamini, Irwin Brown and Grant Osterwyk explore the organizational barriers to collaboration in Big Data Analytics. The authors propose a model that frames the Big Data Analytics barriers.</p> <p>In the last paper, Geoffrey Lydall and Stephen Phillip Levitt tackle``Quality Impact of Accommodating Customer Requirements Through Plug-Ins and Configuration Files'. The authors focus on the customisation of specific aspects of Enterprise Resource Planning systems in the context of logistics.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> Shawren Singh Mathias Mujinga Hugo H Lotriet Bobby L Tait J C Mentz Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2021-10-27 2021-10-27 Vulnerability and Indigence Assessment in South Africa. A Civil Society Emergency Response to COVID-19 https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/80 <p>This&nbsp; (SAWID) Transdisciplinary Study is accompanied by a 16-page Executive Summary and a 58-page Annotated Bibliography, and spans six chapters.<strong> <br>Chapter One&nbsp;</strong>gives the contextual background of the transdisciplinary study convened by SAWID in response to COVID-19 emergency facing the vulnerable and indigent in South Africa. The Chapter highlights the stark adverse health challenge from a global and continental manifestation of the COVID-19 pandemic, and a cursory dipstick into South Africa as a point of departure. Through a short synopsis, the Chapter presents the complex disposition of the research emanating as a predominate health challenge with associated higher morbidity and mortality levels yet of humanitarian proportion. Additionally, this challenge led to unprecedented geo-political and socio-economic dynamics rooted in a quandary of inequality and gendered vulnerability and communities' marginalisation. The Chapter provides a brief landscape of&nbsp; the context of COVID-19 casting a gender lens to elicit the nature of disparities to be addressed. Hereby, SAWID foregrounds the COVID-19 crisis through four Workstreams: Unpacking COVID-19; Social Protection; Food Crisis and Delivery Systems that comprised the core of the study. Underpinned by the Theory of Change with eclectic approaches takenfrom the Systems Thinking and Design Thinking methodologies, the Chapter briefly discusses the study's theoretical framing. This is followed by measures and tools and the instruments to address poverty and hunger, including the associated policy gaps. The study refers to each of the six Chapters' linkage to the overall goals as in the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development Goals (AfSD) and the Agenda 2063: the Africa we want.<br><strong>Chapter Two </strong>uses a feminist approach to unpack the socio-economic effects of COVID-19 in light of systems in place before and since the onset of the pandemic. Thus, the Chapter is linked to sustainable goals 3, 5, 8 and 10, linked to ensuring the health, gender equality and economic growth while addressing inequality. These systems are critiqued using the gendered lens to recommend areas needing further development to support women as part of the vulnerable and indigent communities. The Chapter answers the fundamental questions: What is the impact of COVID-19 cash transfers on South African women? What are the macro and microeconomic effects of COVID-19 on these women? Finally, the Chapter offers an overview to contrast gendered economic interventions and feminist economics in addressing COVID-19 in this context.<br><strong>Chapter Three </strong>assesses whether the social protection measures provided by the State has reached the vulnerable and indigent in South Africa, and to what extent. The policies reviewed are not only related to social policy but also cover basic services. Thus, the Chapter is linked to sustainable development goals 1, 2, 6, 8 and 10; it touches on ending poverty and hunger while ensuring sustained water management, economic growth and inequality reduction. An analysis of whether these social protection measures resulted in self-reliance and sustainability instead of dependability is conducted with a specific emphasis on the pandemic's effect on these measures. The relevance of current social protection measures for women and children are also assessed critically to establish their effectiveness during and beyond the COVID-19 pandemic in this country.<br><strong>Chapter Four </strong>interrogates the current structure of South Africa's food system. In particular, it aims to identify the elements that compromise the national food system, whether the national policy framework has enabled an effective response to COVID-19 regarding food security and what is needed to make the country's food security policy framework more resilient. Consequently, the Chapter tackles sustainable goals 2, 12 and 15 as linked with ending hunger, ensuring sustainability in consumption and production, and sustainable land use. Finally, the Chapter offers a new framework to ensure food security to&nbsp; cater for indigent and vulnerable groups.<br><strong>Chapter Five </strong>examines current service delivery systems to determine their driving factors and future potential. The main question is, does the Government have efficient delivery systems to deliver services under emergency and disaster conditions during the COVID-19 pandemic, within the Disaster Management Act No 57 of 2002? The Chapter addresses this by describing current delivery systems, showing their effectiveness and expounding how the Disaster Management Act supported poor groups. Specific measures intended for COVID-19 are outlined, and whether these were accessible to the vulnerable , given that various hindrances were experienced in this time. This Chapter addresses sustainable development goals 9 (sustainable industrialisation and innovation), 16 (promoting peace, inclusivity and justice for sustainable development) and 17 (global partnership). Finally, the Chapter used the case study method to acknowledge NGOs and civil society as an extension of the Government. Case study analysis signalled that the social contract between Government and society requires reinforcement through partnerships between civil society and the State.<br><strong>Chapter Six </strong>gives a synthesis of all chapters in the Report. The Chapter provides study recommendations and policy implications across all the themes discussed in the various chapters and identifies possible future research areas.</p> Lulama Makhubela Maureen Tong Pali Pehohla Thoko Mpumlwana Thembelihle Tshabalala Lusanda Monale Zanele Mbeki Vuyokazi Mahlati Mpho Lethlape Thoku Mpulwana Sibusiso Mkwananzi Phelisha Nkomo Joyce Siwisa Pravienna Naidoo Madumezulu Girlie Silinda Tsakani Ngomane Sifiso Ntombela Anne Letsebe Ellen Kornegay Daisy Mafubelu Copyright (c) 2021 South African Women in Dialogue(SAWID) 2021-08-18 2021-08-18 Uptake and mutual recognition of MOOCs in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/67 <p>As a Report, the <em>Uptake and Mutual Recognition of MOOCs in South Africa</em> has the purpose of contributing information relevant to the development of policy to promote the uptake and mutual recognition of MOOCs in South Africa. Volume I presents research findings from data collected from a carefully selected, diverse group of researchers, non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and community leaders and educators who have first-hand experience of using or creating online courses (with an emphasis on MOOCs). Volumes 2 and 3 round off the research process, and are included in the same publication.</p> Msweli Nkosikhona Hossana Twinomurinzi Patricia (Trish) M Alexander Nhlanhla A Sibanyoni Apostolos Paul Giannakopolous N Sihlahla Copyright (c) 2021 The authors 2021-07-15 2021-07-15 Introduction to municipal water quality management https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/53 <p>Copublished with Routledge. Orders outside of South Africa: </p> <p>https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/mono/10.1201/9781003393573/introduction-municipal-water-quality-management-johannes-haarhoff</p> <p><a id="gtm_doi_link" href="https://doi.org/10.1201/9781003393573" target="_blank" rel="noopener" aria-describedby="bookTitle">https://doi.org/10.1201/9781003393573</a></p> <p>Orders within South Africa: contact morodjm@unisa.ac.za </p> <div id="gtm-expand-about-product"> <div id="collapseContent" class="book-content"> <div> <p>XII+194 pages</p> <p>The focus of municipalities has been on the supply of sufficient water quantities to the public with less attention paid to water quality. The deteriorating quality of raw water sources necessitates increased attention to water quality with professional scientists playing a central role at municipalities and water boards together with professional engineers. With many stringent regulations on the quality of drinking water and recreational water bodies, the young municipal chemist needs a handy manual to assist in the often neglected and complicated field of municipal water management.</p> <p>Grounded in Science, Introduction to Municipal Water Quality Management not only links theory and regulations in practice but also offers simple numerical examples to better understand the rules and encourage a quantitative application to everyday problems. Developed from a series of lectures between 2015 and 2019, Introduction to Municipal Water Quality Management will give young professionals the confidence to analyse their results and apply their knowledge in a numerical fashion.</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> </div> </div> </div> <div> <p>llustrations<br />Tables<br />Figures<br />Preface<br />Foreword</p> <p>PART I: DRINKING WATER QUALITY<br />1. Standards<br />2. Compliance</p> <p>PART II: DRINKING WATER TREATMENT<br />3. Chemicals<br />4. Coagulation and Flocculation<br />5. Stabilisation<br />6. Disinfection<br />7. Adsorption<br />8. Residue</p> <p>PART III: RECREATIONAL WATER</p> <p>9. Quality<br />10. Swimming Pool Management</p> <p>PART IV: BULK WATER SUPPLY</p> <p>11. Hydrology<br />12. Storage Dams</p> <p>Index</p> </div> Johannes Haarhoff Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2021-06-30 2021-06-30 Digital Commerce Governance in the Era of Fourth Industrial Revolution in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/65 <p>333pp. ISBN 1776150740, 9781776150748</p> <p>The adoption of internet banking and digitisation within institutions also brought with it challenges such as phishing and hacking among others where cybercriminals who sometimes masquerade as being representatives from the banks defraud unsuspecting and naïve customers who unwittingly give out their banking login details to fraudsters who will transfer their money to their own accounts.</p> Rabelani Dagada Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2021-06-30 2021-06-30 Digital Commerce Governance in the Era of Fourth Industrial Revolution in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/81 <p><span style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; display: inline !important; float: none;">The Fourth Industrial Revolution (4IR) is characterised by the internet of things, robotics and digitisation. The 4IR era is perceived as bringing massive retrenchments owing to the use of machines and sophisticated technologies in the workplace. The banking sector had been the most affected in this regard. However, the 4IR will also create jobs. We have seen how some entrepreneurs took advantage of the 4IR and revolutionised the transport and food industry and claimed the online retail buying space. This calls for a paradigm shift where people need to use entrepreneurial acumen to create both job and business opportunities in the digitised world. More importantly, the adoption of 4IR also implies that our education system and the curricula taught in schools and universities should also conform to the 4IR imperatives. The adoption of internet banking and digitisation within institutions also brought with it challenges such as phishing and hacking among others where cybercriminals who sometimes masquerade as being representatives from the banks defraud unsuspecting and naïve customers who unwittingly give out their banking login details to fraudsters who will transfer their money to their own accounts. Moreover, the coronavirus pandemic also compels organisations to adopt digitisation where the education sector increased its use of e-learning and organisations are allowing staff to work remotely from home and hold virtual meetings. This book is an essential handbook that companies, universities, students and ordinary laymen alike should have in their possession to be able to navigate the security risks and seize the opportunities associated with the 4IR.</span></p> <p><span style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; display: inline !important; float: none;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></span></p> <p><a href="https://shop.snapplify.com/product/digital-commerce-governance-in-the-era-of-fourth-industrial-revolution-in-south-africa"><span style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; display: inline !important; float: none;">E-book on Snapplify</span></a></p> Rabelani Dagada Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2021-06-18 2021-06-18 Social Memory as a force for Social and Economic Transformation https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/82 <table width="650"> <tbody> <tr> <td width="280"> <p>This volume of essays is a reflection on social memory as a force for social and economic transformation. Written by scholars and organic intellectuals, it essentially focuses on the uses of social memory, in particular the conflict between the legacies of colonialism and the movement for fundamental change. The content addresses both experts and ordinary citizens alike, with a view to advancing discourse on where we are right now as a nation, and how we move on from here to achieve meaningful transformation. As scholars and public representatives with a deep understanding of the social, economic and political dynamics of modern history, the contributors offer their unique perspectives and reflections on history, politics, economics, culture, education, ethics and the arts, as well as the links that bind these aspects into an ecology of ideas and attitudes. The well-considered ideas which are represented here, reflect diverse perspectives which deserve to be read attentively.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <p><a href="https://shop.snapplify.com/product/social-memory-as-a-force-for-social-and-economic-transformation">e-book on Snapplify</a> </p> <p> </p> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> Muxe Nkondo Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press & Freedom Park 2021-03-26 2021-03-26 Making an African university in the service of humanity https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/106 <p>Servant leadership, social justice, service excellence, transformation and decolonisation are reverberating themes that epitomise Prof Mandla Makhanya’s decade-long incumbency at the University of South Africa (Unisa). These are captivated in his speeches in which he articulated his vision to the staff of this mega Open Distance e-Learning institution. He took the helms of this globally valued institution when e-learning was still in its infancy and his dexterous leadership culminated with the writing of online exams, an unprecedented innovation compounded by the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020.</p> <p>Makhanya also consolidated the university’s footprints on the African continent and across the globe. As captain of this large institution, he cruised through the fierce winds of hurricane proportions such as the #FeesMustFall, #OutsourcingMustFall, difficult political landscape and reduced budget from South Africa’s Department of Higher Education and Training. He dismantled patriarchy and the suppression of women who under his tutelage were groomed into leadership positions with some now holding leadership positions in prestigious universities in this country and within Unisa. More importantly, as he exits the stage after ten years of servant leadership, he made a pathway for the first black woman Principal and Vice-Chancellor in Unisa’s 148 years of existence, in Prof. Puleng LenkaBula who also served under his leadership in various strategic management positions. Having served Unisa with distinction and integrity, he passes the baton to a capable woman leader who will spur Unisa to success in fulfilling a vision of ‘An African University shaping futures in the service of humanity’.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Abbey Makoe Muxe Nkondo Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2021-03-19 2021-03-19 Digital Skills in South Africa at the Citizen Level https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/56 <p>The ‘<em>Environmental scan on digital skills in South Africa at the citizen level</em>’ is a South African innovation in an emerging field aimed at understanding the state of digital skills in South Africa. The results from the study are designed to inform evidence-based decision-making on digital skills in South Africa; that is, how digital technologies, now integrated into daily living and increasingly integral to economic activity under the 4IR, can be productively and meaningfully used by individuals, organisations and communities.</p> <p>Part of the study’s complexity was in determining the scope of relationships needed to understand the state of digital skills in South Africa. The scope was, therefore, necessarily broad and intentionally exploratory.</p> <p>&nbsp;With time, feedback and sufficient critique, the scope will be narrowed to develop a more fitting, nationally appropriate digital skills index for South Africa. Once such an index (or sub-sector-specific indexes) are developed, progress can be measured, and comparison between areas and communities can be evaluated.</p> <p>&nbsp;<a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> Hossana Twinomurinzi Nkosikhona Theoren Msweli Tendani Mawela Phuti Phukubje N Sihlahla Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2021-03-18 2021-03-18 Media Diversity in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/83 <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">This timely book argues that the Global North’s research methods and traditional assumptions are not valid to the media landscapes and audiences of the Global South. With South Africa as the focus, the authors offer a new understanding of media diversity along an audience-centred approach.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Yet research shows that most South African citizens (most of whom are economically marginalised) are found to experience extremely low levels of media content diversity in their personal media diets. The contributing factors are inter-related and complex, but include the inequitable distribution of media content, a lack of African language media, and most especially, the cost of media access which is unaffordable to many. In this book, the authors examine what went wrong with post-apartheid attempts to democratise the media landscape, and why the experienced levels of media diversity by the majority South African audience remain so woefully low. While media diversity is usually measured by policymakers, sector stakeholders or by market-related imperatives, this book foregrounds the perspective of the media consumer. In doing so, traditional media measuring is inverted – leading to a more in-depth understanding of how ordinary people in the Global South receive media content, how much, and why.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">The authors offer a wholistic analysis of the ineffectuality of key media policymaking processes, projects and institutions – while also suggesting how these could be transformed to create a more diverse and broadly accessible media landscape.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form: (Orders within South Africa)</a></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><a href="https://www.routledge.com/Media-Diversity-in-South-Africa-New-Concepts-from-the-Global-South/Reid/p/book/9780367767204">https://www.routledge.com/Media-Diversity-in-South-Africa-New-Concepts-from-the-Global-South/Reid/p/book/9780367767204#</a></p> Julie Reid Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press (Africa) & Routledge (Rest of the world) 2021-01-21 2021-01-21 Escape from Lubumbashi https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/86 <p>This is the true story of Adolphine, a refugee from the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) who was twenty-two when she had to flee her home in the war-ravaged DRC in 1996. She walked thousands of kilometres across Southern Africa to be reunited with her husband Sepano in Cape Town after two years of a desperate search. Her incredible journey to escape the ruinous rule of Mobutu Sese Seko was filled with many moments of terror and despair, every country having its own share of xenophobia.&nbsp; She told the writer – the retired national tracing coordinator of the International Red Cross’s Restoring of Family Links programme in South Africa – “I felt as if the earth had teeth, I felt its bite when I was fleeing through Africa…”.<br>The book contains twenty historic photos provided by Adolphine, of her family members.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Printed book order form</a></p> <p><a href="https://shop.snapplify.com/search?term=Escape+from+Lubumbashi" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eBook from Snapplify</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.cambridge.org/core/books/escape-from-lubumbashi/91D2F67375213E67B2C5BABC97BFC95D" target="_blank" rel="noopener">eBook from Cambridge Core</a></p> Estelle Neethling Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2021-01-04 2021-01-04 Beyond the Mountain https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/88 <p>Beyond the Mountain depicts the lives of the LGBTQI community and the seemingly immovable, negative perceptions that the general public holds of them. It seeks to expose their world and the kinds of violence and abuse to which they are subjected, as well as to unveil the racial discrimination within these communities.</p> <p>The book contributes to the body of knowledge on the plight of LGBTQI communities of Cape Town, South Africa. This is a collection that historically, metaphorically and physically spans the city promoting the rights and the protection of the community. The chapters are narratives of lived experiences and academic discussions from novice and experienced scholars on the themes of education, emancipation, protection, acceptance and integration of LBGTQO people in society.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> B Caminga Zintombezethu Matebeni Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2020-12-21 2020-12-21 Digital Techniques and Digital Skills in Organisations and Government in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/59 <p>The National Electronic Media Institute of South Africa (NEMISA) has a mandate to ensure that South Africans have the necessary digital skills to participate in the 4IR. A part of the mandate is to establish an innovative and collaborative network focusing on digital skills with links to industry, academia, government and not-for-profit sectors both locally and internationally. The aim of the network is to “<em>provide the evidence-based basis, through research and other available means, for decisions on how to innovatively address the opportunities and systemic challenges in achieving digital skills capacity in South Africa</em>”.</p> <p>This environmental scan report research report represents the beginning of a research journey that seeks to identify the changing nature of digital skills in South Africa as a result of technological advancements, more popularly known as the 4<sup>th</sup> Industrial Revolution (4IR). The 4IR represents the current era of an inter connectedness of things biological, physical and non-physical as a result of the rapid advancements in technological innovations. The innovations have resulted in new types of specialised skills required for new types of work while at the same time causing some previously routine skills to become obsolete.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> Hossana Twinomurinzi Nkosikhona Theoren Msweli Phuti Phukubje Copyright (c) 2020 NEMISA 2020-12-18 2020-12-18 Autism https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/85 <p>Currently there is a paradigm shift in the African continent where dependence on western epistemologies and ontologies are giving way to African indigenous knowledge systems. Africa has been an importer of knowledge from the west since time immemorial and this book contributes to the body of knowledge on autism spectrum disorder (ASD) from the African perspective.</p> <p>&nbsp;As a result, decoloniality and Inclusive Education have gained traction within the academic discourse, in order to stimulate academic discussions and debates with a focus on African indigenous knowledge systems and theoretical lenses as opposed to the western epistemologies.</p> <p>&nbsp;The book demystifies some of the misconceptions that children with ASD are a curse and punishment from God or gods. Among others, Ubuntu is&nbsp; the dominant theoretical framework underpinning some of the research studies reported in this book. A range of topics are covered - from religion, inclusive education, law, and how disabled children were handled and placed in special schools, before inclusive eduction gained support.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Mary Clasquin-Johnson Dikeledi Mahlo Michel Clasquin Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2020-12-12 2020-12-12 The dynamics of residential satisfaction in low-income human settlements in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/139 <p>This book focuses on the dynamics of residential satisfaction in low income city neighbourhoods in post-apartheid South Africa. There is well documented evidence in post-apartheid South Africa that highlights the discontent of low-income city residents with their residences. The evidence includes violent service delivery protests, backlogs in services, overcrowding and mono-functional low-income settlements that are located relatively far from socio-economic opportunities. Therefore, in South Africa’s academic and professional planning circles there is need to add insights to the dynamics of residential satisfaction in low income city neighbourhoods. With this volume, the editor and the contributors sought to add case based and theoretically grounded literature to the dynamics of residential satisfaction in South Africa’s low income neighborhoods. The objective is to guide appropriately targeted human settlement interventions that meet beneficiaries’ housing needs and aspirations.</p> <p><strong>2023 Unisa Press. First edition, first impression </strong></p> <p><strong>ISBN 978-1-77646-084-7 eISBN 978-1-77646-094-6</strong></p> <p><strong> </strong></p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p><strong>PART 1: Overview of residential satisfaction factors in South Africa's low-income human settlements</strong> 1</p> <p>Chapter 1: Residential satisfaction in South Africa’s low-income urban neighbourhoods: An introduction Godfrey Musvoto 2</p> <p>Chapter 2: A multivariate regression analysis of residential satisfaction in low-cost incremental housing: A case study of Mayville Tinaye Mahohoma and Godfrey Musvoto 19</p> <p>Chapter 3: Residential satisfaction in a former apartheid women’s hostel Robynne Jean Hansmann, Gilberte Lincoln and Tinaye Mahohoma 38</p> <p>Chapter 4: Housing satisfaction in post-apartheid public owner-occupier housing Calvin Nengomasha and Pauline Adebayo 59</p> <p><strong>Part 2: Case-based in-depth analysis of residential satisfaction challenges</strong> 81</p> <p>Chapter 5: High-rise block apartments as a means for in-situ upgrading of informal settlements Senzeka Phungula and Godfrey Musvoto 82</p> <p>Chapter 6: Housing deficits in council rental apartments in South African cities Godfrey Musvoto 107</p> <p>Chapter 7: An evaluation of solid waste management in low-income neighbourhoods Akhona Ngidi and Godfrey Musvoto 128</p> <p>Chapter 8: Built environment strategies for reducing crime in informal settlements: A case study Azola Dayimani and Godfrey Musvoto 147</p> <p>Chapter 9: Covid-19 regulation compliance and household characteristics Owen Rubaba and Gilberte Lincoln 166</p> <p><strong>Part 3: An evaluation of low-income housing policy in post-apartheid South Africa 195 </strong></p> <p>Chapter 10: An assessment criteria for evaluating the houses produced under the Reconstruction and Development Programme Natal Buthelezi and Innocent Chirisa 196</p> <p>Chapter 11: Housing ownership and wealth creation: Is the magic of title realised by the poor in South Africa? Pauline Adebayo 216 vi</p> <p>Chapter 12: Integrated and sustainable human settlements in the Eastern Cape Adeleye Ayoade Adeniran, Sijekula Mbanga, Sibongangani Khonelihle Mngomezulu, Jacobus Bekker, Winston Shakantu and Brink Botha. 238</p> <p><strong>Part 4: Spatial planning tools and techniques for co-production of settlements for residential satisfaction</strong> 261</p> <p>Chapter 13 :Insightful housing affordability and housing tenure-of-choice analysis Emmanuel Kabundu, Brink Botha, Sijekula Mbanga and Gerrit Crafford 262</p> <p>Chapter 14: Implications for residential satisfaction in peri-urban locations Lovemore Chipungu, Nhlanhla Nkwanyana and Hope Hangwelani Magidimisha 282</p> <p>Chapter 15: On location of affordable-housing developments in South Africa Elizabeth Musvoto and Manya M. Mooya 307 Part 5: Comparative residential satisfaction studies: A Zimbabwean perspective 321</p> <p>Chapter 16: Tenure security and residential satisfaction in informal settlements Morgen Zivhave 322</p> <p>Chapter 17: Residential satisfaction and efficient land use in housing in Harare Nyasha Mutsindikwa and Aaron Maphosa 341</p> <p>Chapter 18: Residential satisfaction in peri-urban settlements of resettled indigenous people Goldmarks Makamure and Simphiwe Nojiyeza 359</p> <p><strong>Part 6: Concluding remarks and a synthesis of residential satisfaction dynamics in South Africa’s low-income human settlements</strong> 371</p> <p>Chapter 19: Conclusion: A reflection of residential satisfaction dynamics Godfrey Musvoto 372</p> <p>Index 380</p> Godfrey Musvoto Copyright (c) 2020 Unisa Press 2020-10-15 2020-10-15 Local Innovation to Sustain Health for All https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/8 <p>The Tshwane District Research Committee and Unisa Department of Health studies organized a research conference that was held on the 31 July 2019 at Dr Mariam Makeba Hall, Unisa. The research committee was comprised of local members from academic institutions (Unisa, Sefako Makgatho University, University of Pretoria Medical School, and Tshwane University of Technology), District health service, and Private health Institutions within the City of Tshwane area.</p> <p class="Default">The theme of the conference this year was “Local Innovation to Sustain Health for All”. This createed a platform wherein researchers were able to share their research findings with the health professionals; to ensure implementation of those findings.</p> Marang Tebogo Mamahlodi Copyright (c) 2020 Unisa Press 2020-07-24 2020-07-24 Transito https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/84 <p>The revelations in this book are critical for cash in transit (CIT) companies, financial services industries and criminal justice system alike. Propelled by excessive greed, CIT robberies are executed ruthlessly with no respect for human life. The book epitomises and demonstrates how ‘the love of money could be root cause of evil’. The book will assist the stakeholders within the criminal justice system to circumvent the stratagems of these robbers and mete out punishment proportional to the crime.</p> <p>With one of the authors having used convicts of CIT crimes as participants for a PhD study, he solicited data from the lived experiences of CIT robbers that reveal their modus operandi, which is crucial to combat these robberies. The authors reveal how CIT robbers meticulously plan and execute their ambushes collaborating with the sophisticated network of accomplices. These include the police informers, insiders who work for the CIT companies, professional car thieves, cell phone technicians, suppliers of illegal ammunition like the AK47 and sangomas among others.</p> <p>The book reveals the patience of the robbers in doing surveillance, intelligence work and knowing how much money is being transported as they do not just strike for little cash. The authors report that CIT robbers are afraid of sophisticated technology like the use of DNA analysis for evidence in court, helicopters which can easily locate where they are as well as the high level of training of CIT security officers. As such, the book is a timely publication that provides information to combat CIT crimes.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Hennie Lochner Peet Van Staden Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2020-07-20 2020-07-20 Student Counseling and Development https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/21 <p>As a ground-breaking scholarly contribution to the field of psychology, this is a comprehensive peer-reviewed publication for those working in student counselling and development (SCD) units in higher education (HE). Written by experienced practitioners, the book sets out to: expand on the theoretical, research, and conceptual foundations of SCD * position SCD within an African context * equip readers with the latest information on developments within the SCD field of study * specifically disseminate original research on the historical development of SCD and the role of the Southern African Association for Counselling and Development in Higher Education (SAACDHE) in developing the study field as a core function within higher education institutions * provide a comprehensive work for a wide range of counsellors, psychologists, health-related professionals, academics, researchers, educators, and student services personnel who work in SCD, wellness, and student support units. Divided into five sections to outline an extensive coverage of SCD, the various chapters offer summaries of applicable theories and research to orientate readers and provide a background for discussions on different programs and issues. Contemporary issues are discussed in every section to highlight unique challenges for practice and research.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Litha Beekman Charl Cilliers Andre De Jager Copyright (c) 2012 Unisa Press 2020-02-19 2020-02-19 Spiritual Path, Spiritual Reality https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/90 <p>A prominent mystic and renowned anti-colonial warrior from Indonesia, Shaykh Yusuf of Macassar (1626–1699) was exiled to South Africa, where he played a pioneering role in laying the foundations of Islam in the country. Offering a rich translation of Shaykh Yusuf’s Arabic writings, Spiritual path, spiritual reality fills an important gap in the works devoted to the spiritual dimension in the Muslim intellectual archive. The introduction gives insight into his life and an understanding of how his mysticism was connected with his political engagement. Focusing on Islamic mysticism – known as Ṣūfīsm – the book covers areas of spiritual discipline of the self, metaphysics and gnostic knowledge. The style is pedagogical, with an instructive tone in keeping with the Ṣūfī path.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Yousuf Dadoo Auwais Rafudeen Suleman Dangor Ebrahiem Moos Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2020-01-30 2020-01-30 Street Khoisan https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/89 <p>This book focuses on how the Khoisan have survived, despite colonisation, assimilation and acculturation.&nbsp; Self-naming has produced resilience here, as in other places where indigenous identities have been muted. While focusing on the Khoisan, this book includes a juxtaposition of Khoisan experiences and glimpses of the indigenous Coastal Sami's history from the author's home ground in Norway. Clearly, indigenous people continue to survive, as they have done for centuries.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Siv Overnes Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2019-12-19 2019-12-19 Essays in online education https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/5 <p>This set of essays takes the reader from an overarching analysis of institutional ideals for optimal online education into a deep exploration of the peculiarity of the classroom, revealing the nuances of specific subjects and the experience of dealing with a heterogeneous student population. It showcases leading practices in online teaching, learning and management, drawn from a community of practice from Australia, Canada, Hong Kong, Indonesia, New Zealand, Nigeria, South Africa, Sri Lanka, the United Kingdom and the United States of America. The authors provide an informative and engaging journey for experienced academics and new entrants by highlighting opportunities that bridge the geographical divide, widen access and increase affordability. They also address the challenges of ensuring and sustaining quality, integrating teaching and learning with the student experience, and debunking the myth that online learning is always the “less expensive” option.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> Divya Singh Mandla Makhanya Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2019-07-17 2019-07-17 Authenticity on the Postmodern Stage https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/93 <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Within the postmodern context, where originality is impossible, mimicry is not seen as something inauthentic, but as inextricably part of human existence. Although all three had initially been dismissed as superficial, Harold Pinter's Betrayal, Tom Stoppard's The Real Thing, and Patrick Marber's Closer use the theme of marital betrayal as a trope to explore metatheatrical and epistemological issues. Authenticity has become increasingly fetishised since the advent of postmodernity, especially when considered in relation to theatre – a medium already perceived to be fake. Authenticity on the Postmodern Stage is a study of how these three plays define and explore authenticity within the fictional and actual worlds of theatre: it explores arbitrariness in the construction and mediation of the characters' identities, from their own and the audience's perspectives; the significance of the audience's role in these plays; and how issues of authenticity, fictionality, and dishonesty impact on a genre that depends on illusion.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Some scholars claim that postmodernism has been supplanted by a new structure of feeling, which includes a return to authenticity within theatre. The debate on the succession of postmodernism falls outside the scope of this book – nevertheless, Krüger argues that postmodernism does not entail a rejection of authenticity but an exposé of its impossibility. Postmodernism is therefore very much concerned with authenticity, and any attempt at locating the authentic is therefore not necessarily opposed to postmodernism. Krüger's analysis offers a new interpretation of the three texts, drawing on postmodern and poststructuralist theories, particularly concerning the concept of authenticity within art and language.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">CONTENTS<br>ILLUSTRATIONS <br>ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS <br>CHAPTER 1: Introduction<br>CHAPTER 2: Authenticity in literature and theatre<br>CHAPTER 3: Pinter’s kaleidoscope of Betrayals<br>CHAPTER 4: Stoppard’s hall of mirrors in The Real Thing<br>CHAPTER 5: The character as mirage in Marber’s Closer <br>CHAPTER 6: Conclusion<br>REFERENCES <br>INDEX</p> Lida Krüger Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2018-12-25 2018-12-25 Kora https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/91 <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Kora (known as ǃOra in the language itself), was the Khoisan language spoken by the Khoi people – or the Cape herders – of the early Cape and the Gariep. It was believed to have disappeared until only a few years ago, when Mike Besten, an historian based at the University of the Free State, discovered while conducting fieldwork that a few elderly people still retained some fluency in the language.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">The author devised and carried out an emergency documentation in 2011, when she and her small team managed to obtain recordings from two of the last living speakers of Kora, Oupa Dawid Cooper and Ouma Jacoba Maclear. It was out of this experience that the idea for this book emerged. The overriding purpose of the work, which is envisaged as an act of cultural restitution, is to retrieve the all but discarded linguistic heritage of the Korana and Griqua people of South Africa – not only for the latter-day descendants of these communities, but for all South Africans.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">The two opening chapters describe the linguistic classification of the language, and the sources of our earlier information about it. The third and fourth chapters describe the sounds and structures of the language respectively, and together provide a complete reference grammar of the language. In a time honoured tradition of comprehensive language description, the work also includes texts in the original language, and a dictionary.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">The 43 heritage texts consist of historical narratives, accounts of cultural traditions, personal histories, folktales, and the lyrics of songs. The newly edited texts are presented with parallel translations in English, and are extensively annotated. The twoway dictionary has been exhaustively compiled from all available sources. In the online version of the book, approximately one third of the entries are linked to spoken examples provided by the two elderly speakers who worked with the linguists.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Menan Du Plessis Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press and South African History Online 2018-12-19 2018-12-19 Queer Kinship https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/95 <p style="margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;">What makes kinship queer? This collection from leading and emerging thinkers in gender and sexualities interrogates the politics of belonging, shining a light on the outcasts, rebels, and pioneers.&nbsp;<em style="box-sizing: border-box;">Queer Kinship&nbsp;</em>brings together an array of thought-provoking perspectives on what it means to love and be loved, to ‘do family’ and to belong in the South African context. The collection includes a number of different topic areas, disciplinary approaches, and theoretical lenses on familial relations, reproduction, and citizenship. The text amplifies the voices of those who are bending, breaking, and remaking the rules of being and belonging. Photo-essays and artworks offer moving glimpses into the new life worlds being created in and among the ‘normal’ and the mundane.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;">&nbsp;Taken as a whole, this text offers a critical and intersectional perspective that addresses some important gaps in the scholarship on kinship and families.&nbsp;<em style="box-sizing: border-box;">Queer Kinship&nbsp;</em>makes an innovative contribution to international studies in kinship, gender, and sexualities. It will be a valuable resource to scholars, students, and activists working in these areas.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Tracy Morison Ingrid Lynch Vasu Reddy Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press (Africa) & Routledge (Rest of the world) 2018-12-18 2018-12-18 Bishop Sigqibo Dwane https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/97 <div class="clearfix row" style="box-sizing: border-box; margin-left: -15px; margin-right: -15px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">In this study of the life of Bishop Sigqibo Dwane (1941–2006), first bishop of the Ethiopian Episcopal Church, Professor Peter Mtuze investigates the unique nature of Bishop Dwane’s spirituality, a bold embracing of his culture within his Christian faith.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Exploring the writings, speeches and advocacy of the doughty bishop, Mtuze – who is singularly well-fitted to reflect on the meeting of Africa and Europe, of isiXhosa and English – reveals the bishop’s passion for the expression and embodiment of African spirituality, values and culture in the life of the church, something never previously attained in the Western-dominated established church in Africa. He was empowered to depart radically from standard Western practice with the granting of autonomy by the Anglican Church of Southern Africa, the Ethiopian Episcopal Church’s “last surrogate mother”. The bishop, recognised as a man of principle with unshakeable ethical standards, though soft-spoken and gentle, was the bold spearhead of a radical paradigm shift towards the corporate expression of a truly African spirituality. Nevertheless, in his commitment to the unity and catholicity of the church, he never broke communion with the Anglican Church of Southern Africa, and it was Anglican doctrines and liturgical norms that formed the basis for his 1999 liturgy, indigenised by being firmly rooted in African custom and idiom.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">This study makes a long overdue contribution to the history of Xhosa Christianity, as well as more broadly to systematic theology, church history and African religion. Notably, it demonstrates how&nbsp;<span style="box-sizing: border-box;">the historical mainline churches failed to take cognisance of the culture of the people they sought to Christianise. It will serve as a valuable guide to students in theological colleges, and to all who are studying and doing theology in the context of the new South Africa.</span></p> <h4 style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: inherit; font-weight: 500; line-height: 1.1; color: inherit; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 10px; font-size: 18px;">Endorsement</h4> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">'Professor Peter Mtuze offers in this book a great gift to the Church and the wider community in bringing to a more popular audience the fruits of his doctoral thesis on the connections between the spirituality of Sigqibo Dwane, former presiding bishop of the Ethiopian Episcopal Church, and Xhosa culture'. - Canon Janet Trisk</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> </div> <div class="clearfix row" style="box-sizing: border-box; margin-left: -15px; margin-right: -15px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"> <h3 style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: inherit; font-weight: 500; line-height: 1.1; color: inherit; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 10px; font-size: 24px;">Contents</h3> <table style="box-sizing: border-box; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0px; background-color: transparent;" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0"> <tbody style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial; font-size: small;">Part 1: Pilgrimage</span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: small;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial;">&nbsp; 1.&nbsp; Introduction: Dwane’s pilgrimage</span></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: small;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial;">&nbsp; 2.&nbsp; Foundations and evolution</span></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: small;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial;">&nbsp; 3.&nbsp; The Order’s struggle for autonomy</span></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: small;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial;">&nbsp; 4.&nbsp; Westernism and Xhosa culture</span></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial; font-size: small;">Part 2: New wine bottles</span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: small;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial;">&nbsp; 5.&nbsp; Contribution to conciliation</span></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: small;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial;">&nbsp; 6.&nbsp; Prophetic ministry</span></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: small;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial;">&nbsp; 7.&nbsp; The last kicks and the new tricks</span></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: small;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial;">&nbsp; 8.&nbsp; An overview of Bishop Dwane’s Ad clera</span></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: small;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial;">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Part 3: Epilogue</span></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: small;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial;">&nbsp; 9.&nbsp; Evolution of an authentic Xhosa spirituality</span></span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial; font-size: small;">10. Comparison with the Shembe church</span></p> </td> </tr> <tr style="box-sizing: border-box;"> <td style="box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0px;" width="293" valign="top"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial; font-size: small;">11. Bishop Dwane’s spirituality: An overview</span></p> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> </div> P T Mtuze Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2018-12-12 2018-12-12 Africa and her animals https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/98 <p>Africa and Her Animals challenges the common view that animals are essentially inferior to human beings: it is both the start of a long overdue conversation and a call to action.</p> <p>Non‐human animals, essential to the everyday lives and well-being of Africans, impact and are affected by African societies in diverse ways.Africa and Her Animals investigates and analyses the moral, social, cultural, religious, and legal status of non‐human animals in Africa. The contributors, drawn from a wide range of countries and specialist fields, purposefully demonstrate how theoretical and practical issues are inextricably linked, illustrating the importance of transcending disciplinary boundaries, and showing how scholars and practitioners can benefit greatly from genuine and sustained interaction with each other. Their research provides a fresh understanding of the philosophical, religious, and scientific underpinnings of the issues at the heart of the human-animal relationship in Africa.</p> <p>Africa and Her Animals is a valuable source of information and inspiration for researchers, students, development and NGO workers, policy makers, animal rights activists, and all who work with, or are interested in, animals in Africa.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> Anteneh Roba Rainer Ebert Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2018-12-12 2018-12-12 Opportunities For Biomass and Organic Waste Valorisation https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/100 <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;" align="left">Following an active science-meets-industry approach on dealing with biomass and organics waste streams, this timely book foregrounds key issues facing South African policy makers, industry practitioners and scholars.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;" align="left">The editors drew together a wide pool of experts in the biomass and organic valorisation industry and research, offering the most recent research, development and innovation undertaken by South African universities and science councils. Spanning twelve chapters and divided into the following four key parts, the book offers solutions to industry and research on</p> <ul style="box-sizing: border-box; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 10px; padding-left: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: disc; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;"><strong style="box-sizing: border-box; font-weight: bold;">Quantifying organic waste:&nbsp;</strong>An overview of potential sources and volumes is offered, with an identification and characterisation of solid biowaste residues.</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: disc; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;"><strong style="box-sizing: border-box; font-weight: bold;">Biological treatment, covering&nbsp;</strong>the latest norms and standards; a biorefinery approach for the sugar industry; an integrated waste management approach for municipal sewage treatment; biogas production from abattoir waste; optimisation of biogas production from animal waste; and integrated bioremediation and beneficiation of bio-based waste.</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: disc; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;"><strong style="box-sizing: border-box; font-weight: bold;">Mechanical and chemical treatment, covering&nbsp;</strong>the beneficiation of sawdust waste; developing sustainable biobased polymer and bio-nanocomposite materials; and the valorisation of waste mango seeds.</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: disc; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;"><strong style="box-sizing: border-box; font-weight: bold;">Thermal treatment,&nbsp;</strong>which evaluates<strong style="box-sizing: border-box; font-weight: bold;">&nbsp;</strong>different municipal solid waste recycling targets in terms of energy recovery and CO<sub style="box-sizing: border-box; font-size: 10.5px; line-height: 0; position: relative; vertical-align: baseline; bottom: -0.25em;">2</sub>&nbsp;reduction.</li> </ul> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Linda Godfrey Johann F Gorgens Henry Roman Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press (Africa) & Routledge (Rest of the world) 2018-11-22 2018-11-22 Capricious Patronage and Captive Land https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/105 <div class="clearfix row" style="box-sizing: border-box; margin-left: -15px; margin-right: -15px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Probing the apartheid government’s contentious resettlement policy, Capricious Patronage and Captive Land transcends a mere enquiry into the apartheid government’s policy in shaping South Africa’s human settlement – it provides a multifaceted scrutiny of forces that moulded this process. Zoning into the inner precincts of the Eastern Cape, Professor Wotshela demonstrates how its land became captive as apartheid design galvanised a spatial and demographic cataclysm in the traumatic displacement and relocation of African families.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Resettlement was not exclusively swayed by actions of Afrikanerdom’s influential National Party: contrived tribal authorities, serving at the base of the government pyramid, dispensed land and linked basic services to loyalists of homeland political parties. This process of territorial manipulation fostered new social and political patronage networks. But civil movements from marginalised and disgruntled groups ardently contested the homeland policy.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Within a post-apartheid landscape, politics of remobilising communities expanded social boundaries of the Ciskei, the western parts of the Transkei and the adjacent white farming Border district. Capricious Patronage and Captive Land demonstrates in detail how these polygonal demands for land extended newer residential settlements as much as they tested the early forms of land reform in the early phases of South Africa’s democracy.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">&nbsp;</p> </div> <div class="clearfix row" style="box-sizing: border-box; margin-left: -15px; margin-right: -15px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"> <h3 style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: inherit; font-weight: 500; line-height: 1.1; color: inherit; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 10px; font-size: 24px;">Contents</h3> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><strong style="box-sizing: border-box; font-weight: bold;">Intoduction 1</strong></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><strong style="box-sizing: border-box; font-weight: bold;">Introduction 3</strong></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Delineating a segregating Ciskei and adjacent Border African&nbsp; areas in the mid-to-late twentieth century 35</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Part 1: ADJUSTING AFRICAN ENCLAVES, RELOCATIONS, TRIBAL POLITICS AND HOMELAND CONSOLIDATION, 1960 TO 1985 66</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Landownership, rural planning and segregation in Upper Kubusi/Isidenge and the Stutterheim municipal areas, 1960 to 1980 69</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Entitlement to confusion: State policy and local politics’ obliteration of the mission quitrent tenure in Mgwali, 1960 to 1980 92</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Apartheid relocation transit camps, ‘Promised Land’ (iZweledinga) and its resettlement scheme in the Ciskei, 1975 to 1985 129</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Ntabethemba, Mountain of Hope: Territory and settlement expansion in the northern Ciskei, 1976 to 1985 169</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">&nbsp;PART 2: RESISTANCE, REPRESSION, REMOBILISATIONS AND VERNANCE RECONSTRUCTION IN THE BORDER AND</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">THE CISKEI, 1981 TO 2005 200</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Asihambi, ‘We are not moving’: Removals and resistance in the Border area: Mgwali, the Stutterheim municipality and Upper Kubusi/Isidenge settlements, 1981 to 1990 203</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Civil mobilisation and the breakdown of the Ciskei tribal and regional authority system, 1985 to 1993 233</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Local politics and state land invasion, ‘informal’ settlements and the expansion of Ciskei social boundaries, 1990 to 1994 270</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Reintegrating settlements, trials of land redistribution and restitution in Stutterheim and northern Ciskei, 1995 to 2005 305&nbsp;</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">EPILOGUE 349</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">11 Summary and Conclusions 351</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;">Bibliography 363</p> </div> Luvuyo Wotshela Copyright (c) 2018 Unisa Press 2018-11-14 2018-11-14 The Secret thread https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/102 <div class="clearfix row" style="box-sizing: border-box; margin-left: -15px; margin-right: -15px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">The Secret Thread is a strand of human history connecting people across barriers created by apartheid. It is a thread that drew people together, forcing them to face painful realities. It runs through the informal settlements, townships, suburbs and bantustans of South Africa, across the deserts and villages of Namibia, and the rural towns and inner cities of Europe.</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Co-founded by Beyers Naudé in 1964, the Christian Fellowship Trust, a ‘legally subversive’ organisation, drove a ‘Trojan Horse’ into the citadel of apartheid theology. The idea of travel is used as a transforming experience, more powerful than indoctrination: ministers of the Dutch Reformed Church and other individuals are exposed to life that questions everything they had been taught about skin colour as a marker of human worth and face contradictions that highlight the inequality and conflict of global injustices.</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">The Secret Thread is a historical reflection on facing the timeless challenges of being human in relation to other humans. It explores the value of solidarity and the redemptive power of taking responsibility for participation in systems that benefit the few no matter the suffering of the many. It affirms the human need to travel and to know our common history, as essential to the pursuit of justice and reconciliation.</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></span></span></p> </div> <div class="clearfix row" style="box-sizing: border-box; margin-left: -15px; margin-right: -15px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"> <h3 style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: inherit; font-weight: 500; line-height: 1.1; color: inherit; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 10px; font-size: 24px;">Contents</h3> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Illustrations<br></span></span><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Acronyms<br></span></span><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">cknowledgements <br>P</span></span><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">reface&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Note on use of language&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;</span></span><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Part 1: Breaking through isolation</span></span><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Part 2: A State of crisis</span></span><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Part 3: Namibia</span></span><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Part 4: Finding solutions</span></span><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Part 5: New struggles</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Bibliography&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box;"><span style="box-sizing: border-box; color: #000000;">Index&nbsp;&nbsp;</span></span></p> </div> Deborah Ewing Copyright (c) 2018 Unisa Press 2018-08-02 2018-08-02 The State and the University Experience in East Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/103 <p><em>The State and the University Experience in East Africa</em>, Professor Kithinji explores the critical yet unacknowledged role that universities have played in the politics of statehood and nation-building, demonstrating how successive colonial and postcolonial governments have sought to use university education as a means to advance political and economic interests, he seeks to unravel the connection between universities and the state in East Africa, particularly in Kenya. The forces that have influenced the development of universities are explored by thorough narrative and analytical history of the policies and politics of university education in the past half-century and more.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> <p>This study identifies three major policy trends that have shaped university education, beginning from 1949, when the British colonial government founded Makerere University College in Uganda as the first degree granting institution for East Africa, until 2002, when the second President of Kenya, Daniel arap Moi, retired from office and his Kenya African National Union (KANU), that had ruled since independence in 1963, lost power.</p> <p>By investigating the dynamics that have influenced higher-education policies in Kenya and the wider East African region, this study links the higher education discourse with the state-building narrative and conceives university policies as a product of the forces informing the historical trajectory of Kenya in particular and the wider East African region in general.&nbsp;<em>The State and the University Experience in East Africa</em>&nbsp;will be of great interest to scholars of the African continent, some of whom may be inspired to rewrite the story of tertiary education and state formation in other parts of Africa by an equally meticulous examination of primary sources as demonstrated in this work.</p> Michael Mwenda Kithinji Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2018-07-05 2018-07-05 UNISA 1873-2018 https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/96 <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Unisa 1873-2018: The making of a distance learning university presents a critical appraisal of Unisa’s transformation as it navigates the unfolding saga of South Africa’s political development. The history of Unisa is fraught with a complex, oft-times ambiguous and contradictory, relationship with the state.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">This official history of the University of South Africa provides a platform on which future narratives around Unisa can be constructed. As a distinctly colonial institution, Unisa was a site of friction between the colonial powers and nascent captive forces of Afrikaner nationalism and white supremacist ideology. The character of present day Unisa allows for the expression of alternative and dissenting opinions despite its proximity to a constitutionally crafted state in its pursuit of the ‘African university in service of humanity’. This is highlighted in the motifs of transformation, Africanisation and democratisation explored in the book.<br style="box-sizing: border-box;">Unisa 1873-2018 captures the university’s transitions from an examining body to one that has fully embraced open distance and&nbsp; e-learning, more attuned to student needs. It delineates Unisa’s shift to a more representative and African orientated institution serving the needs of the continent.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">CONTENTS<br>CHAPTER 1: The University of the Cape of Good Hope and Unisa, 1873–1946 <br>CHAPTER 2: A.J.H. van der Walt: Higher education by correspondence, 1946–1956 <br>CHAPTER 3: Samuel Pauw: Consolidation and expansion, 1956–1972 <br>CHAPTER 4:&nbsp; Theo van Wijk: ‘A beacon of reasonableness’? 1972–1988 <br>CHAPTER 5: Cas van Vuuren: Transition deferred, 1989–1993 <br>CHAPTER 6: Marinus Wiechers: Transition and discord, 1994–1997 <br>CHAPTER 7: Antony Melck: Steadying the Unisa ship, 1998–2001 <br>CHAPTER 8 : Barney Pityana: The African university in the service of humanity, 2002–2010 <br>CHAPTER 9: Mandla Makhanya: Inculcating ethical values, 2011–2018 <br>Afterword <br>Bibliography <br>Contributors</p> Andrew Manson Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2018-07-04 2018-07-04 Touched By Biko (part 2) https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/30 <p>Touched by Biko: The interviews, the second in a two-part series&nbsp;by Andile M-Afrika investigates the lives of key men and women who were part of Biko’s political sphere. It reveals common traits in the lives of the young black thinkers who were university students in the 1960s and 1970s. These interviews offer personal insights on their interactions with Biko, on what Biko meant to each of them and the deep sense of loss they were left with when Biko was killed. Contributions represent the trends and tendencies of a political generation that Biko led. The interviews reflect a Black Consciousness viewpoint of direct relevance to our current political environment in South Africa. There is a sense of how a part of who Biko was, continues to reside in the minds and the hearts of those who worked closely with him.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Andile M-Afrika Copyright (c) 2018 Unisa Press 2018-06-30 2018-06-30 Poetic Bodies and Corpses https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/104 <p>This volume reveals not only the types of poetry that were written during the war, but also the historical spirit of the times. It mirrors the ways in which manliness, whiteness, blackness, colonialism and empire were viewed during the early 20th-century South Africa. The poems also go to the heart of the&nbsp; spiritualism of the era and thematically explore the nature of death, dying, suffering and sacrifice.</p> <p>The post-war poetry that looks back on this conflict is also discussed. The poetry written by blacks resonates with the themes of black self-affirmation and it exhibits early signs of black nationalism.</p> <p>What all the poetry has in common is the major theme of coming to terms with loss. It speaks of a collective South African consciousness that resides deep within the wounds of conflict.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Gerhard Genis Copyright (c) 2018 Unisa Press 2018-06-27 2018-06-27 Managing Security Information Incidents, Threats & Vulnerabilities https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/108 <p>Managing Security Information fills a gap in the market by offering a guide for both practitioners and students of security information management. It is useful in bringing information management practices and the literature resources together in one book, providing a holistic account of security information management and offering a model that security practitioners can use in their day-to-day activities.</p> <p>This book has wide appeal and usefulness to those engaged in the security industry. It include security practitioners from the private security industry; police officers of both the South African Police Service and Metro police units; municipalities; officials of government departments with responsibility for in-house security; risk managers responsible for managing security risks in private and government organisations; and academics teaching this subject or supervising masters and doctoral students within this discipline. In this book, the fruit of his long career in practising and teaching in this context, Doraval Govender offers a hands-on approach for managing security information.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Doraval Govinder Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2018-06-15 2018-06-15 And we forgave them https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/99 <p>Following the bombing of the Sibasa police station in October 1981, the Vendaland security police persecuted four Lutheran church pastors. This book tells the story of two of these men. The first‐person experience of torture of Ndanganeni Peter Phaswana, ably refracted through his capacity for reflection on forgiveness and reparation, offers one lens. The second lens is via the experience of Lillian Tendani Muofhe, as she sought to absorb the murder of her revered husband Isaac Tshifhiwa Muofhe, while mothering her infant daughter.</p> <p>Both accounts hold up a mirror to South African society, present and past, and offer powerful lenses for engaging with the ways in which trauma lodges, sometimes intractably, in the individual unconscious as well as in the collective unconscious of a society.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <p><strong>&nbsp;Contents</strong></p> <p>Dedication <br> Preface <br> Acknowledgments <br> Notes on Contributors</p> <p>Introduction: Bearing moral witness to South Africa’s trauma Michael O’Loughlin</p> <p>Chapter 1: The context: The workings of apartheid in the Venda Bantustan/Homeland Ndanganeni Peter Phaswana</p> <p>Chapter 2: Childhood &amp; family life under apartheid Ndanganeni Peter Phaswana’s early years Lillian Muofhe’s early years</p> <p>Chapter 3: Adolescent and early adult life under apartheid Ndanganeni Peter Phaswana’s adolescent and early adult years Lillian Muofhe’s adolescent and early adult years</p> <p>Chapter 4: Spiritual formation and Lutheran resistance to apartheid Ndanganeni Peter Phaswana’s journey Lillian and Tshifhiwa Isaac Muofhe’s journey</p> <p>Chapter 5: The Sibasa bombing and its aftermath Ndanganeni Peter Phaswana’s struggle Lillian and Tshifhiwa Isaac Muofhe’ struggles</p> <p>Chapter 6: Reconciliation &amp; forgiveness: Theological reflections Ndanganeni Peter Phaswana Afterword Andrea Fröchtling</p> <p>&nbsp;Index</p> Lilian T Moufhe Ndangeni P Phaswana Michael O'Loughlin Copyright (c) 2018 Unisa Press 2018-06-14 2018-06-14 Tiyo Soga https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/92 <p>Tiyo ‘Zisani’ Soga was a prominent yet little-studied 19th-century African intellectual. Born in 1831 in free Xhosa lands, the son of a counsellor to the Xhosa chief Ngqika, Soga completed his degree at the Andersonian Institute in Glasgow in 1854 and was ordained as a minister in the United Presbyterian Church of Scotland in 1856. He returned to the Eastern Cape with his Scots bride, Janet née Burnside, as an active minister, prolific writer, and translator.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Joanne Ruth Davis Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2018-06-13 2018-06-13 Intimate Lightning https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/101 <p>Intimate Lightning is the first book-length study of a poet who, though still frequently anthologised, has fallen into some obscurity. Yet Sydney Clouts (1926-1981) was acknowledged by many during his lifetime as the strongest poet of his generation, albeit a difficult and elusive one. His Cape Town-inspired poetry fizzes with energy, an adventurous vivacity of image, a capacity for delight, an authentic humility, yet an authoritative sense of cerebral depth. Reading Clouts attentively is still both a poetic delight and a heady intellectual challenge.</p> <p>This study is biographically-framed, but is centrally an appreciation of the poetry: “The work is the thing!” Clouts himself urged. The exploration is supported by interviews with family, friends and colleagues, but draws most importantly on archival sources: his letters, notebooks, and some 1700 pages of drafts that illuminate his methods. It unpacks his essential themes, follows up his wide and eclectic reading, explores his relation to the troubled politics of the apartheid era, and offers an explanation of the poetry’s philosophical underpinnings. Intimate Lightning finally pays proper attention to a man who devoted himself unremittingly to poetry.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <h3>Contents</h3> <h3><br>Preface: “The Work is the thing”&nbsp;&nbsp;<br><strong>A note on referencing&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>Introduction: “Fragile resilient life”</strong></h3> <h3><strong>&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>PART ONE: LIFE AS WORK</strong><br><strong>1 . Beginnings&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>2.&nbsp; Juvenilia </strong><br><strong>3. Anxieties and influences&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>4. “The Beginning”&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>5. New soundings&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>6. An impossibly difficult move&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>7. Publishing One Life&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>8. The “Hotknife” affair&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>9. One Life, the critical reception&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>10. A dangerous country&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>11. “Grahamstown is like Paris!”&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>12. “The Violent Arcadia”&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>13. Pavements grey&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>14. “Wat die Hart van Vol Is”&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>15. Endings&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong></h3> <h3><br><strong>PART TWO: A NATURAL PLACE</strong><br><strong>16 . Part and particle&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>17. The pebble outside&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>18 .&nbsp;&nbsp; . . . and Thomas Traherne&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>19 . Coastlines toughly disputing&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>20 . Mountainous weather&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>21 . Animal kingdoms&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>22 . Long and wandering forests&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>23 . Peripateia&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>24 . Darken us, lighten us&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>25 . Silence and song</strong></h3> <h3><br><strong>PART THREE: VIOLENCE IN ARCADIA</strong><br><strong>26. Violence in Arcadia&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>27. Love’s assonance&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>28. Odd and strange characters&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>29. Afar in the desert&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>30. Bartholomeu Diaz and the advent of imperialism&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>31. “Juan”&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>32 . The decline of the West&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>33 . “Intimate Lightning”&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>34 . To write like Mondrian&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>35 . “Residuum”&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>PART FOUR: PHILOSOPHIES OF BEING</strong><br><strong>36 . To speak like Skelm!&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>37. The dry political gaze&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>38 . Heraclitus’ fire&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>39 . Jewish poet&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>40 . Colonial Romantic&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>41 .&nbsp; . . . or Modernist?&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>42 . Phenomenologist&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>43 . The self in the ecosystem&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>44 . Beyond metaphor&nbsp;&nbsp;</strong><br><strong>Epilogue: “Seahorn messiah”</strong></h3> Dan Wylie Copyright (c) 2018 Unisa Press 2018-04-19 2018-04-19 Pimp the Pain https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/123 <p><em>Pimp the Pain: Purpose-inspired Dialogues</em>&nbsp;is a testimony, one that adds to Viktor Frankl’s assertion that the individual meanings of today transform into the universal values of tomorrow.</p> <p>The aim of this book is to educate the reader about Viktor Frankl’s philosophy of finding meaning and purpose in life. Its author, Solomon Makola, has achieved his objective in an innovative way, by reflecting on his personal experiences regarding each of three key ways humans have of finding meaning in life.</p> <p>According to Frankl, we are able to achieve meaning and purpose in life through:</p> <p>the creative things we do and the particular contributions we make in rendering a service to society; and, in our own small ways, in making the world a better place to live in;</p> <p>the wonderful experiences life affords us through loving relationships, the beauty and glory of nature, and music, art and literature. From these we learn to appreciate what is good, true and beautiful in life, and to establish the values we seek to preserve and foster in the world; and</p> <p>our attitudinal values, or the stance we adopt towards strokes of fate over which we have no control (eg any tragedies that befall us, losses we suffer, terminal diseases we contract). In other words, our attitudinal values define how we choose to relate to problems not of our own making but which we have to deal with. Moreover, Pimp the Pain deals with every kind of suffering humans are subjected to.</p> <p>Dr Solomon Makola decided to describe such experiences, which hold great value for him and for each of us by placing them on Facebook, the popular social-media avenue of communication with others.</p> <p>The fact that this method of communicating what is valuable in life – ie, what fills our lives with meaning and helps us to realise purpose – elicited such a wide variety of enthusiastic and endorsing responses from its Facebook audience, is an indication that this book is definitely a ‘must have’.</p> <p>It is also, as the author contends, an innovative and powerful way of teaching the tenets of Logotherapy, the particular school of thought developed by the late Dr Viktor Frankl, famous author of the bestseller Man’s Search for Meaning. That is the great potential of this book.</p> <p>&nbsp;<a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> Solomon Makola Copyright (c) 2017 Unisa Press 2017-11-16 2017-11-16 The Haarlem Shipwreck (1647) https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/114 <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><em style="box-sizing: border-box;">he Haarlem Shipwreck (1647)</em>&nbsp;explores the story around one of the earliest recorded maritime accidents in Table Bay. In this gripping investigation, based on detailed archival research, Bruno Werz chronicles the demise of the ship, and the sojourn of 62 of its survivors on the shores of the bay. These events, seemingly inauspicious, led to the establishment five years later of the Dutch East India Company refreshment station along the trade route, and from these pragmatic arrangements grew the settlement of Cape Town, to become the ‘Mother City’ of the present-day multiracial and multicultural society of South Africa.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">This superbly researched book promises to be a source publication with a difference. Readers view transcriptions in 17th-century Dutch of original VOC manuscripts (with translations): such as the survivors muster roll, and letters dispatched with a visiting English ship, the&nbsp;<em style="box-sizing: border-box;">Sun.&nbsp;</em>The prize document of the collection is the hitherto unpublished journal kept by junior merchant Leendert Jansz while stranded on the shores of Table Bay, freshly capturing impressions of the people and surroundings untrammelled by the long telescope of our subsequent experience of history.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <h3 style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial; font-weight: 500; line-height: 1.1; color: #333333; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 10px; font-size: 24px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Contents</h3> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Chapter 1: Introduction</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Chapter&nbsp;2:</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Historical background</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Northwestern Europe during the mid-seventeenth century</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">The Cape of Good Hope</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">The VOC, its ships and life on board</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">A brief history of the Haarlem and the events of 1647–1648</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Chapter&nbsp;3:</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">The documents</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">The journal of Leendert Jansz and related documents</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">The Remonstrantie, Jan van Riebeeck’s Closer consideration and the instructions for the commanding</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">officers of the ships Dromedaris, Reiger and Goede Hoop.</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Comparisons between the archival information and the secondary literature</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Chapter&nbsp;4:</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px 30px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Historical-archaeological research<br style="box-sizing: border-box;">Dawn of the Haarlem project<br style="box-sizing: border-box;">The development of a framework<br style="box-sizing: border-box;">Surveying of the presumed site<br style="box-sizing: border-box;">The 1995 archaeological investigation and later surveys</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Chapter&nbsp;5: Conclusions</p> <p style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px 0px 10px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Chapter&nbsp;6: Transcripts and English translations of the documents</p> Bruno Werz Copyright (c) 2017 Unisa Press 2017-11-05 2017-11-05 BOTSWANA’S parliamentary democracy revisited https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/107 <p>This edited volume, written by distinguished scholars based mainly at the University of Botswana, offers a challenging&nbsp; assessment of Botswana's unique democracy, significantly advancing our understanding of the country and its politics. The contributors have utilised their varied, rich and practical expertise (in politics, democracy, law, governance, political economy, sociology and international relations) to produce a deeply scholarly yet accessible and refreshing account of Botswana. The interdisciplinary approach adopted stimulates debate while offering interesting insights into Botswana's past and present, and also into its unravelling challenges and prospects.</p> <p>The book, which comes in four parts (primary institutions in parliamentary democracy; secondary institutions; political participation; and the regional and global context) offers a thorough and path-breaking analysis of critical aspects of Botswana's unique democracy. It also provides a conclusion and possible lessons to be gleaned from the country's experience of a sustained multi-party democracy. (This democracy is unique not as an exception or a 'miracle', but in the sense that each democracy exists in a cultural context.)</p> <p>The novelty of the work lies in its comprehensive and robust probe into every aspect of Botswana's democracy. The book stands alone in its interrogation of institutions of parliament; the executive and the judiciary; the electoral system; the nature of local governance; and the media, the church and the private sector. It also portrays an active role for Botswana in international relations, unconstrained by its small-power status. Moreover, issues of gender and ethnicity are explained in a delicate and sensitive manner.</p> <p>The book is intended to have a wide appeal for scholars, students and the general public. It is user-friendly, and will prove valuable to both undergraduate and graduate students within Botswana, the Southern African sub-region, Africa and beyond.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <h3>Contents</h3> <p>PART ONE: PRIMARY INSTITUTIONS IN PARLIAMENTARY DEMOCRACY</p> <ol> <li>The role of Parliament in Botswana&nbsp;</li> <li>The Executive in Botswana’s parliamentary or constitutional democracy&nbsp;&nbsp;</li> <li>The role of the Judiciary in promoting democracy in Botswana&nbsp;</li> </ol> <p>PART TWO: SECONDARY INSTITUTIONS<br> The electoral system and administration in Botswana&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</p> <ol start="4"> <li>The political party system: explaining the predominance of the Botswana Democratic Party&nbsp;</li> <li>The state and the church in Botswana&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</li> </ol> <p>PART THREE: POLITICAL PARTICIPATION IN BOTSWANA’S DEMOCRACY</p> <ol start="7"> <li>The media and democracy in Botswana&nbsp;</li> <li>The private sector and parliamentary democracy in Botswana</li> <li>Local government and participatory democracy in Botswana&nbsp;&nbsp;</li> <li>The remaking of ethnicity in Botswana&nbsp;</li> <li>Gender and democracy in Botswana&nbsp;</li> </ol> <p>PART FOUR: THE REGIONAL AND GLOBAL CONTEXT</p> <ol start="12"> <li>Botswana’s foreign policy&nbsp;&nbsp;</li> <li>Botswana’s developmental democracy in a global context&nbsp;&nbsp;</li> <li>Shortcomings of parliamentary democracy in Botswana&nbsp;&nbsp;</li> </ol> <p>Conclusion - Introspection, retrospection, prospects and lessons&nbsp;</p> David Sebudubudu Bertha Z Osei Hwedie Balefe Tsie Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2017-10-18 2017-10-18 Philip Quaque’s Letters to London, 1763-1811 https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/117 <p style="background: white; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;"><span style="font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Arial',sans-serif; color: #333333;">‘‘There are many reasons to welcome Adélékè Adéẹ̀kọ́’s new edition of the letters of the Reverend Phillip Quaque: the letters bring new insights into the contradictions that defined the encounter between Europeans and West Africans in the modern period, and of Quaque's complicated life as he tried to negotiate his role as a subject caught between the aspiration to be modern and the brutality of the slave trade. Adéẹ̀kọ́’s careful editing of the letters makes them accessible to modern readers and ensures that the troubled and troubling voice of the African will become central to our understanding of the “Black Atlantic”.’ – Simon Gikandi, Robert Schirmer Professor of English, Princeton University</span></p> <p style="background: white; box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;"><span style="font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Arial',sans-serif; color: #333333;">‘An accomplished literary study, taking Quaque most seriously and paying very close attention to his language –&nbsp; the tenor, tone, even identifying different dramatis personae of many Quaques in the letters occasioned by circumstance, and richly speculating on the meaningful relationships among and between all these literary strategies’. – <em>Tejumola Olaniyan, Louise Durham Mead Professor of English and African Cultural Studies. University of Wisconsin Madison</em></span></p> <p style="background: white; box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;"><span style="font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Arial',sans-serif; color: #333333;">‘This is a magnificent gift offering not just to the well-established field of West African church history, but to the wider area of identity formation in the era of early colonial capitalism.&nbsp; A text to be celebrated!’ –<em> Ato Quayson, Professor of English, FRSU University&nbsp; &amp; Director, Center for Diaspora and Transnational Studies, University of Toronto</em></span></p> <p style="background: white; box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;">&nbsp;<a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> Adélékè Adeeko Copyright (c) 2017 Unisa Press 2017-10-15 2017-10-15 Still at large https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/119 <p><span style="color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; display: inline !important; float: none;">Writing about the arts in South Africa is a tricky proposition. Trying to keep up with the country’s politics is a fool’s errand. Yet these are the twin tasks set before Chris Thurman moonlighting as an arts critic and occasional socio-political commentator. In this book, the many frontiers between art and politics are made explicit. When reading its ‘dispatches’ – grouped thematically and framed by introductory letters – context is key. A week is a long time in politics; the twists and turns in the South African and global current affairs create an intriguing dialogue between the columns, polemics, essays and reviews collected here. Still at Large presents itself as an historical barometer or thermometer, indicating the pressure and heat of particular moments in time. Along the way, in a voice shifting from the journalistic to the academic and from chatty to critical, Thurman plays various roles: guide, provocateur, companion, campaigner, raconteur, castigator, confidant and teacher. He may not be a consistent correspondent, but he is good company.&nbsp;</span></p> <p>&nbsp;<a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> <h3 style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial; font-weight: 500; line-height: 1.1; color: #333333; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 10px; font-size: 24px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">&nbsp;</h3> <h3 style="box-sizing: border-box; font-family: Arial; font-weight: 500; line-height: 1.1; color: #333333; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 10px; font-size: 24px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;">Contents</h3> <ol style="box-sizing: border-box; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 10px; padding-left: 0px; color: #333333; font-family: Arial; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial;"> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Media/Mediation, Fame/Infamy</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Not being Mandela</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">I am an African (What is an African?)</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Life and Art under Zuma: Recollections and Predictions</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Left Wing?</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Meta–</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">I Know My History Damn Well</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Sport and the Nation</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Nature Tutors Art</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Les Philosophes</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Yesterday’s Theatre Today</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Out-thinking Apartheid</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Art and the Corporation</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Screen Writing</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Not Exactly on Photography</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Beyond the Colonial Cringe</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Re-orientation</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Making Heavy Weather of ‘Lite’ Theatre</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">Festival Notebook</li> <li style="box-sizing: border-box; list-style-type: inherit; list-style-position: outside; margin-left: 20px; padding-left: 10px;">The Year That Never Should Have Been</li> </ol> Chris Thurman Copyright (c) 2021 Unisa Press 2017-10-15 2017-10-15 Touched By Biko https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/29 <p>This is a political memoir of life in a rural South African township - with Andile M-Afrika weaving a creative narrative about events surrounding this country’s struggle history, where Steve Bantu Biko played a pivotal role. Andile M-Afrika’s memoir delves deep into his personal encounters with people, political events and day-to-day life in rural King Williamstown, Eastern Cape. What speaks volumes, are the pervasive echoes of Biko’s presence, on those who shared life in this historic village. M-Afrika’s insider’s account about the everyday turmoil of life in the village of struggle icon Steve Bantu Biko leaves readers with a vibrant, accurately drawn impression of events which flowed through the village. Author Andile M-Afrika lived just across the street from Biko, and takes us on a highly personal journey.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Andile M-Afrika Copyright (c) 2017 Unisa Press 2017-06-30 2017-06-30 (De) Monopolising Paradise https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/121 <p><em>(De) Monopolising Paradise</em> argues that some interpretations of Islamic texts serve to distance Islam from other communities. Originally published as ‘Islam and non-Muslims’ by M.I. Meer in 1956, this edited version offers an in-depth interpretation of Qur‘ânic verses, with the idea that unlike other religions, which regard salvation as the sole monopoly of their followers, Islam recognises that God-fearing people of other religions would be duly rewarded by their Lord for pursuing the path of righteousness within the context of their faith. (<em>De)Monopolising Paradise</em> is an intellectual inquiry into what the Qur‘ân actually says about Muslims and non-Muslim relationships; it is a treatise for all persons of faith reminding them of the real message of Islam, Tawhîd, (Oneness), and the idea of unity under one God.</p> <p>&nbsp;<a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <p>&nbsp;<em>“This is a fascinating book, written by an inquisitive South African Muslim scholar in the 1950s, who explores the central tenets of his faith and their relationship to universal tolerance. It is a kind of bottle post from 60 years ago that fits right into today's heated discussion about civilisation clashes and the search for transversality.”&nbsp;</em>- Prof Markus S. Schulz, International Sociological Association, President RC07, University of Illinois, USA.</p> <p><em>“This cogently argued text contributes substantially to Islamic thought and should be eagerly read by those interested in Muslim and non-Muslim relations.”</em>&nbsp;Prof Muhammed Haron, Department of Theology of Religious Studies, University of Botswana</p> <p><em>“The editors have successfully resurrected the timeless philosophy of Moosa Meer, which goes beyond the academic limits and touches the day-to-day life of people intellectually, politically and culturally. It builds a blueprint for multi-religious and multi-ethnic societies without compromising on the Islamic faith. A must-read for anyone who wishes to negotiate an honourable place in such a society based on conviction and not convenience.”</em>&nbsp;Prof Rizwan Qaiser, Honorary Director of the Centre for the Study of Comparative Religions and Civilisations, Jamia Millia Islamia University, New Delhi.</p> <p><em>(De) Monopolising Paradise is undoubtedly a multi-layered text which refuses to be trapped by time and history. Although punted as a book that deals with mainly issues of inter-religious tolerance, dialogue and peace, it would be a gross error to limit the book to matters of inter-faith relations; it is also for those in search for peaceful and meaningful co-existence across the religious and cultural divide.”</em>&nbsp;Tahir Fuzile Sitoto, School of Religion, Philosophy and Classics, University of KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa</p> <h3>Contents</h3> <ul> <li>Rasûllullâh Messenger of God</li> <li>Sahib A word of respect suffixed after the name of a notable Personality</li> <li>Salâh Daily obligatory prayers said five times in the Arabic Language</li> <li>Sâlihîn Pious Muslims</li> <li>Siddîqîn Those who are truthful</li> <li>Shaykhs Learned Muslim scholars</li> <li>Sharîah Islamic Divine Law</li> <li>Shîah An Islamic sect that believes that the legitimate successor of Prophet Muhammad should have been Ali and not Abu Bakr Shuhadâ’ Martyrs</li> <li>Sunnî A follower of the way (Sunnah) of Prophet Muhammad Surah A chapter of the Qur’ân</li> <li>Taqlîd Adoption of a legal decision of a particular school of I slamic jurisprudence</li> <li>Ulamâ’ Learned Muslim scholars</li> <li>Zakâh Compulsory charity that is to be given out to poor Muslims</li> </ul> Lubna Navdi Sultan Kahn Copyright (c) 2017 Unisa Press 2017-06-15 2017-06-15 Reincarnation https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/122 <p>Reincarnation is the focus of much debate in modern African thought. In this challenging study, author Majeed rejects the denial of the existence of reincarnation in African thought by referencing Akan culture. However, he makes a clear distinction between metempsychosis and transmigration. Linking the past (ancient religious philosophies) with present African thought in sub-Saharan Africa, he strives towards an "African philosophy of mind." Although Majeed acknowledges the popular scholarly opinion that reincarnation is a "pristine concept," he shows that it is generally an irrational one. He boldly argues that the philosophical problem of personal identity is central to the rationale of reincarnation. This very irrationality in African thought raises our understanding of the constitution of a person.</p> <p>With a Foreword written by Maogobe B Ramose</p> <p>&nbsp;<a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> Hasskei M Majeed Copyright (c) 2017 Unisa Press 2017-06-15 2017-06-15 The Road to Democracy in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/113 <table width="901"> <tbody> <tr> <td width="456"> <p>This latest contribution to <em>The Road to Democracy series</em> deftly analyses commemorations and memorialisations of the 1976 uprisings in Soweto. Voices of authorities, police and veterans of the struggle are shared through collective memories, eyewitness accounts, and oral history testimonies. These voices, and the experiences of activists, participants and observers of the uprisings, provide readers with a palpable and arresting ‘truth’ more compelling than that of a dispassionate history text. This volume, the seventh in the series, postulates that history is about change at a given time: while pursuing a fragile balance between partisanship and objectivity, history is open to continuous reassessment and reappraisal, revision and re-examination, construction and reconstruction.</p> <p>This volume, rooted as it is in primary evidence and archival material, rather than in abstract theories, offers readers rare insights from the voices and sometimes piecemeal memories of the students, parents and authorities who lived through those turbulent and momentous days.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> <p><strong>CONTENTS</strong></p> <p>Foreword vii</p> <p>Preface ix</p> <p>Notes on contributors xii</p> <p>List of acronyms xv</p> <p>Introduction xvii</p> <p>&nbsp;<strong>Chapter 1</strong></p> <p>Cultural imperialism, language and ideological struggles inside the Soweto classrooms<br> <strong><em>By</em></strong>&nbsp;Sifiso Mxolisi Ndlovu 1</p> <p><strong>Chapter 2</strong></p> <p>The anatomy of the crowd<br> <strong><em>By</em></strong>&nbsp;Sifiso Mxolisi Ndlovu 41</p> <p><strong>Chapter 3</strong></p> <p>The centrality of public and oral history in mapping the Soweto uprising routes<br> <strong><em>By</em></strong>&nbsp;Sifiso Mxolisi Ndlovu and Ali Khangela Hlongwane 79</p> <p><strong>Chapter 4</strong></p> <p>The 1976 Soweto students’ uprising and its aftermath in parts of the Northern Transvaal<br> <strong><em>By</em></strong>&nbsp;Sekibakiba Peter Lekgoathi 126</p> <p><strong>Chapter 5</strong></p> <p>‘Angeke bemhlule umlungu. Umlungu unamandla<br> (They won’t defeat the whites. Whites are powerful)’1: Students protest in Mzinoni township, Bethal, 1972−1977<br> <strong><em>By</em></strong>&nbsp;Tshepo Moloi 143</p> <p><strong>Chapter 6</strong></p> <p>June 16 1976 Soweto uprisings: A journey into the contested world of commemoration<br> <strong><em>By</em></strong>&nbsp;Ali Khangela Hlongwane 165</p> <p><strong>Chapter 7</strong></p> <p>‘Bricks-and-mortar testimonies’: The interactive and dialogical features of the memorials and monuments of the June 16 1976 Soweto uprisings<br> <strong><em>By</em></strong>&nbsp;Ali Khangela Hlongwane 195</p> <p><strong>Chapter 8</strong></p> <p>History, memory, tourism and curatorial mediations: The Hector Pieterson Museum and the representation of the story of the June 16 1976 Uprisings<br> <strong><em>By</em></strong>&nbsp;Ali Khangela Hlongwane 227</p> <p>Select bibliography 251</p> <p>Index 257</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> Sifiso Ndlovu Copyright (c) 2017 Unisa Press 2017-05-05 2017-05-05 Khongolose https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/115 <p style="background: white; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;"><span style="font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Arial',sans-serif; color: #333333;">This publication offers a regional perspective on the ANC's over 100-year history. Many accounts of the ANC have focused predominantly on national or urban issues and developments often to the detriment of the periphery. The book focuses on South Africa's North-West Province, a mainly rural and less well understood, but nonetheless extremely vital, area of the ANC's activities and strategies in its wider national liberation history. Written by authors well versed in the province's political background, this account sheds light on people and events that have not figured so centrally in previous histories of the ANC. In so doing, it both increments our knowledge and appreciation of the organisation's quest for a politically free South Africa, and provides a legacy to which others may aspire.</span></p> <p style="background: white; margin: 0in 0in 7.5pt 0in;"><span style="font-size: 10.5pt; font-family: 'Arial',sans-serif; color: #333333;"><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></span></p> Andrew Manson Bernard Mbenga Arianna Lissoni Copyright (c) 2017 Unisa Press 2017-03-15 2017-03-15 Thomas Mofolo's Chaka https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/116 <table width="901"> <tbody> <tr> <td width="480"> <p>In Chaka word die geboorte, opgang en val van die historiese Shaka slegs as vertrekpunt gebruik. Die werk vertoon konneksies met verskeie mondelinge en literêre genres soos die volksverhaal, legende, fabel, sage, fantasie en selfs mite. Daar is ook allegoriese kenmerke. Sy stilistiese grootsheid, poëtiese prosa, historiese basis met vermenging van fiktiewe elemente en karakters, die idealisering van Shaka se krygsvernuf, die heroїsering, is kenmerke wat die werk waarskynlik op die vlak van ʼn literêre epos plaas.</p> <p>&nbsp;Chaka se oorwinning oor die onregverdige behandeling wat hom in sy jeug te beurt geval het – gedeeltelik as gevolg van sy buite-egtelike verwekking – en sy vordering tot magtige heerser oor die grootste gedeelte van Suider-Afrika, word in die roman aangebied as ʼn direkte gevolg van die intervensie van bonatuurlike magte wat hom dapper en bloeddorstig gemaak het: eers deur die vrouedokter van Bungane en daarna deur die invloedryke tradisionele geestelike Isanusi en sy kornuite Malunga en Ndlebe – wat almal briljant gekarakteriseer word.</p> <p>Chaka eindig met die AmaZulu wat nadink oor die tragedie wat hulle leier te beurt geval het en sê: “Di a bela, di a hlweba! Madiba ho pjha a maholo!” (Dit kook en skif! Selfs die groot ryke kom tot ʼn val!).</p> <p>This is a key text that should constantly circulate in all the<br> languages of South Africa. …The linguistic content of the<br> source text is scrupulously transposed into Afrikaans – <em>Andries Oliphant (UNISA)</em></p> <p>A new translation cannot have come at a better time. … It<br> speaks of excellence and serious care to do justice to such an<br> important work. –<em> Antjie Krog (UWC)</em></p> <p>Chaka is ‘n komplekse en grootse werk, en Chris Swanepoel<br> het aan die Afrikaanse leserspubliek ‘n groot guns bewys deur<br> dit in Afrikaans te vertaal.<br> <em>– Chris van der Merwe (UCT)</em></p> <p><em><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></em></p> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> Chris Swanepoel Copyright (c) 2017 Unisa Press 2017-03-15 2017-03-15 Multilingual Education for Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/112 <table width="901"> <tbody> <tr> <td width="456"> <p>Dedicated to the memory of Neville Alexander, the book opens with a tribute to this South African who was directly engaged in advocacy around issues of language, multilingualism and literacy.</p> <p>The common thread in this book is the exploration of innovative pedagogies in language teaching and language use in education. The greatest danger facing educators is one of complacency. Whether set in Zimbabwe, Ethiopia, South Africa or elsewhere in Africa, all the chapters in this book emphasise the imperative for educators to constantly revise curricula and teaching methods in order to find the most appropriate ways of teaching and using language in multilingual settings. The chapters in this book place the mother tongue at the centre of learning, while developing the use of exoglossic languages such as English. The book will be of interest to educators at all levels of the education system.</p> <p>Comprising of 17 chapters, the book is divided into three parts, which addresses the multilingual context of education in Africa, the teaching of additional language in schools, and additional language tuition in higher education.</p> <p>Everyone interested in comparative education models, language teaching, and language use in multilingual contexts of all cycles of education, will find this book useful.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <h3>Contents</h3> <p>Dedication: A tribute to Neville Alexander</p> <h4>Part 1: The Multilingual Context of Education in Africa</h4> <p>Chapter 1: Introduction – The multilingual context of education in Africa</p> <p>Chapter 2: Teaching isiZulu as an additional language&nbsp;</p> <p>Chapter 3: Developing reading literacy in an L2 learning environment</p> <p>Chapter 4: Teaching mathematics to isiXhosa-speaking students through Afrikaans</p> <p>Chapter 5: IsiNdebele and minority languages in education in Zimbabwe</p> <p>Chapter 6: The teaching and learning of African languages at South African universities</p> <h4>Part 2: Teaching Additional Language in School</h4> <p>Chapter 7: Children’s dictionaries</p> <p>Chapter 8: Improving educational practice</p> <p>Chapter 9: The language of instruction at early childhood development level</p> <p>Chapter 10: The impact of pupils’ background and school context</p> <h4>Part 3: Using Additional Language in Higher Education</h4> <p>Chapter 11: Piloting Oromo-English bilingual teaching at tertiary level</p> <p>Chapter 12: Additional English at tertiary level</p> <p>Chapter 13: A multilingual approach to teaching South African History</p> <p>Chapter 14: IsiZulu at the University of KwaZulu-Natal</p> <p>Chapter 15: Afrikaans communication skills for Mauritian medical students</p> <p>Chapter 16: Additional language in secondary and tertiary education</p> <p>Chapter 17: Designing a vocational English curriculum</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> Russel H Kaschula H Ekkehard Wolff Copyright (c) 2015 Unisa Press (Africa) & Routledge (Rest of the world) 2017-01-15 2017-01-15 Magnet Theatre https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/120 <p>Cape Town’s Magnet Theatre has been a force in South African theatre for three decades, a crucial space for theatre, education, performance and community throughout a turbulent period in South African history. Offering a dialogue between internal and external perspectives, as well as perspectives from performers, artists and scholars, this book analyses Magnet’s many productions and presents a rich compendium of the work of one of the most vital physical theatre companies in Africa.</p> <p>&nbsp;<a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> <p><strong>CONTENTS</strong></p> <p>Chapter 1 - Plotting the Magnetic Field: Origins and Trajectories<br> Megan Lewis and Anton Krueger</p> <p>Chapter 2 - Making Space for Ideas: The Knowledge Work of Magnet Theatre<br> Mark Fleishman</p> <p>Chapter 3 - An Activist Company Inventing a Future:<br> A Conversation with Neo Muyanga</p> <p>Chapter 4 - ‘Being There’: The Evolution of Performance Aesthetics from Medea (1994–96) to The Magnet Theatre ‘Migration’ Plays (2012)<br> Miki Flockemann</p> <p>Chapter 5 - The Full Gamut of an Ideal Company:<br> A Conversation with Jay Pather</p> <p>Chapter 6 - The Implacable Grandeur of the Stranger: Ruminations on Fear and Familiarity in Die Vreemdeling [The Stranger] (2010)<br> Anton Krueger</p> <p>Chapter 7 - Theatre That Can Organize, Mobilize, Conscientize:<br> A Conversation with Mandla Mbothwe</p> <p>Chapter 8 - Performing the Language of the Body in My Mother Tongue:&nbsp;<br> A Conversation with Faniswa Yisa</p> <p>Chapter 9 - Magnet Theatre and the Moving Body<br> Jennie Reznek</p> <p>Chapter 10 - Ideas Dying to be Born:<br> A Conversation with Craig Leo</p> <p>Chapter 11 - The Creative Flow of Arresting, Exquisite Fabric:<br> A Conversation with Illka Louw</p> <p>Chapter 12 - Embodied Practice that Troubles Fixed Narratives of Identity, History and Memory<br> Yvette Hutchison</p> <p>Magnet’s Recipe for Considered, Chapter 13 - Conscious Theatre-Making:<br> A Conversation with Frances Marek</p> <p>Chapter 14 - The Performance Labours of Magnet and Jazzart’s Cargo (2007)<br> Megan Lewis</p> <p>Chapter 15 - Making Space for Community: Magnet Theatre ‘Intervenes’ in Khayelitsha<br> Gay Morris</p> <p>Chapter 16 - Vividly Feeling the Extremes of Being in the World:<br> A Conversation with Margie Pankhurst</p> <p>Chapter 17 - By Telling Stories We Can Learn Something from Life:<br> A Conversation with Thando Doni</p> <p>Chapter 19 - Catalysing a Community: Magnet’s Clanwilliam Community Intervention Project<br> Lavona de Bruyn</p> <p>Chapter 19 - Bursting the Bubble of Play: Making Space for Intercultural Dialogue<br> Elliot Leffler</p> <p>Chapter 20 - Keeping Theatre Alive in the Community:<br> A Conversation with Zwelakhe Khuse</p> <p>Chapter 21 - Magnet Never Forgets its People:<br> A Conversation with Nolovuyo Sam</p> Megan Lewis Anton Krueger Copyright (c) 2016 Unisa Press (Africa) & Intellect Books (Rest of the world) 2016-07-17 2016-07-17 Community Nutrition for Developing Countries https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/109 <p>Nutrition textbooks used by universities and colleges in developing countries have very often been written by scholars who live and work in North America or the United Kingdom. And while the research and information they present is sound, the nutrition-related health challenges with which developing countries must grapple differ considerably from those found in highly industrialized Western nations. The primary aim of <em>Community Nutrition for Developing Countries</em> is to provide a book that meets the needs of nutritionists and other health professionals living and working in developing countries. Written by both scholars and practitioners, the volume draws on their wealth of knowledge, experience, and understanding of nutrition in developing countries to provide nutrition professionals with all the information they require. Each chapter addresses a specific nutrition challenge currently faced by developing countries such as food security, food safety, disease prevention, maternal health, and effective nutrition policy. In addition, the volume serves as an invaluable resource for those developing and implementing nutrition education programmes. With an emphasis on nutritional education as a means to prevent disease and effectively manage health disorders, it is the hope of the nearly three dozen contributors to this work that it will enhance the health and well-being of low-income populations throughout the world.</p> <p><strong>Table of Contents</strong></p> <ol> <li>Foreword / <em>Frits Pannekoek</em></li> <li>Preface</li> <li>Introduction</li> <li>PART I. The Food and Nutrition Situation in Developing Countries</li> <ol> <li>1. A Human Rights–Based Approach to Community and Public Nutrition: Theoretical Underpinnings and Evolving Experiences / <em>Wenche Barth Eide and Eleni M. W. Maunder</em></li> <li>2. Food Security, Dietary Diversity, and Biodiversity: Food and Nutrition Security in Developing Countries<br> <em>Mieke Faber and Friede Wenhold</em></li> <li>3. Food Cultures / <em>Folake Samuel and Neelam Makhani</em></li> <li>4. The Nutrition Transition in Developing Countries / <em>H. H. Esté Vorster and Lesley T. Bourne</em></li> </ol> <li>PART II. Lifecycle Nutrition</li> <ol> <li>5. Nutrition During the First Thousand Days of Life, Part I: Pregnancy and Lactation / <em>Lisanne M. du Plessis and Celeste E. Naude</em></li> <li>6. Nutrition During the First Thousand Days of Life, Part II: Infant Feeding and Development / <em>Lisanne M. du Plessis, Celeste E. Naude, and Rina Swart</em></li> <li>7. Nutrition for School-age Children: Assessment, Analysis, and Action / <em>Friede Wenhold, Ellen Muehlhoff, and H. Salome Kruger</em></li> <li>8. Nutrient Requirements and Factors Affecting Nutritional Status in Older Adults / <em>Karen E. Charlton, Monica Ferreira, and Jean M. Fourie</em></li> </ol> <li>PART III. The Role of Nutrition in the Prevention and Treatment of Disease</li> <ol> <li>9. Nutritional Management of Multiple Nutrient Deficiencies / <em>Michael K. Hendricks, H. Salome Kruger, and Thandi Puoane</em></li> <li>10. Nutritional Management of HIV/AIDS, TB, and Other Infectious Diseases / <em>Celeste E. Naude, Lisanne M. du Plessis, and Michael K. Hendricks</em></li> <li>11. Nutritional Management of Diarrhoea / <em>Joy Fraser and Alice N. Brako</em></li> <li>12. Nutritional Management of Chronic Diseases / <em>Renée Blaauw, Martani J. Lombard, Nelia Steyn, and Petro Wolmarans</em></li> <li>13. Nutrition and Chronic Disease: Looking at the Big Picture / <em>Norman J. Temple</em></li> </ol> <li>PART IV. From Food Guides to Nutrition Education</li> <ol> <li>14. Dietary Recommendations, Food Guides, and Food Labels / <em>Norman J. Temple and Lesley T. Bourne</em></li> <li>15. Nutrition Education / <em>Jane Sherman and Ellen Muehlhoff</em></li> </ol> <li>PART V. Key Components of Community-based Nutrition Programmes</li> <ol> <li>16. Planning of Nutrition Programmes: An Outline / <em>Jacob Setorglo and Matilda Steiner-Asiedu</em></li> <li>17. Achieving Success in Community-Based Nutrition Programmes / <em>Jacob Setorglo, Matilda Steiner-Asiedu, Thandi Puoane, David Sanders, and Kingsley K. Asare Pereko</em></li> <li>18. The Evaluation of Community-based Nutrition Programmes / <em>Oyediran Oyewole</em></li> </ol> <li>PART VI. Population Nutrition and the Role of Government</li> <ol> <li>19. Barriers to Progress Towards a Healthier Diet: The Need for Government Action / <em>Norman J. Temple</em></li> <li>20. The Development of Government Policies on Food and Nutrition / <em>Jacob Setorglo, Matilda Steiner-Asiedu, and Ahmed Adu-Oppong</em></li> </ol> <li>PART VII. Assessing Nutrition Status</li> <ol> <li>21. Nutrition Surveillance / <em>Jacob Setorglo and Matilda Steiner-Asiedu</em></li> <li>22. Assessing Nutritional Status: Dietary Intake, Anthropometry, Clinical Signs and Symptoms, and Laboratory Tests / <em>Alice N. Brako, Zandile Mchiza, and Whadi-ah Parker</em></li> </ol> <li>PART VIII. Food Services and Food Safety</li> <ol> <li>23. Providing Meals in Institutional Settings / <em>Ronette Lategan, Pontsho Malibe, and Luzette van Niekerk</em></li> <li>24. Food Quality and Food Safety / <em>Wilna H. Oldewage-Theron and Abdulkadir A. Egal</em></li> </ol> <li>PART IX. A Broader Perspective</li> <ol> <li>25. The Nutrition Profession in Africa: Meeting Current and Future Challenges / <em>Tola Atinmo and Oyediran Oyewole</em></li> <li>26. The Problem of Misleading and Unscientific Information Regarding Nutrition / <em>Norman J. Temple, Alice N. Brako, and Jacob Setorglo</em></li> <li>27. Nutrition Challenges of a Changing World / <em>Norman J. Temple, Megan Jamieson, and George Winter</em></li> </ol> <li>APPENDIX I. Sources of Reliable Information on Nutrition</li> <li>APPENDIX II. Aids to Calculations</li> <li>APPENDIX III. Dietary Reference Intakes (DRI)</li> <li>List of Contributors</li> </ol> <p>To access the online pdf as hosted by the Athabasca University Press, follow the below link:</p> <p>https://doi.org/10.15215/aupress/9781927356111.01</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> Norman J Temple Nelia Steyn Copyright (c) 2016 Unisa Press (Africa) & Athabasca University Press (Rest of the world) 2016-06-05 2016-06-05 Driftword https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/33 <p>Ex Canadian turned South African Henrik Brand aka Croc. E. Moses comes of many places; he speaks in the voice of a modern day court jester, sometimes troubadour. His topical poems and protest songs ask us to place ourselves - where are you now in the cosmic entanglement? Are you the puzzle you're intent on fleeing? The Croc hints, teases at overscaled expectation and mutterings of self hood, and his poetry offers an original insight into the contemporary South African social and political landscape. Croc's song/poems partly come of his living virtually outside of institutions and corporations, unbound by securities. So comes a mantric humour that comments on living out the odds, hopping direction when doubt or despair untune the livelihoods of creative thought. Whatever can be made of the craft of Croc. E's art - how it concentrates a many pieced suggestion; how its refraining twists angles that trip attention - he offers a crying laugh as a sensitive songster poet to a future leaner world.</p> <p>This book is accompanied by an audio CD, which item can be ordered from Unisa Press with the print copy.&nbsp;</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Croc E Moses Copyright (c) 2015 Unisa Press 2015-07-01 2015-07-01 Practical and Critical Issues in Open Distance Learning https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/32 <p>Open distance learning (ODL) is a viable solution for higher education in the context of developing countries.&nbsp;The authors map the field of distance education and its sociopolitical context, uncovers key debates surrounding learner support, and provides practical demonstrations of e-learning and mobile technology. The diverse contributions reflect flexible, dynamic and innovative teaching and learning approaches suitable for policy makers, curriculum developers, academics and researchers. The contributors critically explore various systems, policies and often disparate issues that govern an ODL institution. The book addresses both practical and theoretical aspects of curriculum design, postgraduate student support, as well as the experiences of students with disabilities, via ODL.</p> <p>The book spans 3 parts, with the following chapters:<br><strong>Part I: Critical Issues in Open Distance Learning <br></strong>1: Critical Issues and Changing Practices in Open Distance Learning (Sibusiso C Ndlangamandla)<br>2: The Role of Open Distance Learning in Promoting Higher Education (Ndileleni Paulinah Mudzielwana)<br>3: From Correspondence to Open Distance Learning: A Unisa Lecturer’s Perspective (Gerda Ferreira)<br>4 :The Design and Development of Curriculum in ODL (Willa Louw)<br>5: The Use of Multiple-Choice Questions as an Assessment Method: A Unisa Case Study (Matlakalana Sarah Tshesane)<br>6: Some Considerations for Policy Issues in Distance Education in the South African Context (Azwinndini Christopher Tshivhase)<br>7: Open and Distance Learning in Sub-Saharan Africa: Promises and Threats (Dele Braimoh)<br><strong>Part II: Supporting ODL Students<br></strong>8: The Experiences of Students with Disabilities at the University of South Africa: Efforts at Promoting a Positive Student Experience (Sivalingum Moodley)<br>9: Effective Learner Support Or Not (Anniekie Ravhudzulo)<br>10: Strategies for Consulting Lecturers at Tertiary Institutions (Ratau John Monobe)<br>11: Supporting the Postgraduate Student at a Distance: A Personal Encounter (Kofi Poku Quan-Baffour)<br>12: The Relationship between the Postgraduate Supervisor and the Student<br>Aaron Ravhudzulo)<br><strong>Part III: Changing Practices in ODL<br></strong>13: Building Working Relationships between Professional Departments and College (Mariana Petersen- Waughtal)<br>14: Online Learning (Leonie Steyn)<br>15: Mobile Supported Language Learning (Maria Madiope)<br>16: The Impact of Technologies in Enhancing Teaching and Learning in Distance Education (Mpine Makoe)<br>17: Helping Students to Manage their Workload (Wendy Kilfoil)</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Annekie Nndowiseni Ravhudzulo Copyright (c) 2015 Unisa Press 2015-06-24 2015-06-24 Road to Democracy In South Africa Volume 8 Part 1 https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/125 <h2>Publised by the South African Democracy Education Trust (SADET)<br><br></h2> <h2>Contents<br> _________________________________________________________</h2> <p>Unity in African history: South African diasporas in southern and eastern Africa By Sifiso Mxolisi Ndlovu<br> _____________________________________</p> <h3>Part 1</h3> <h3>Chapter 1</h3> <p>Shifting Boundaries and Fluid Identities: Ndebele Societies in the South African Interior, ca. 1500-1900 By Sekibakiba Peter Lekgoathi</p> <h3>Chapter 2</h3> <p>The Ndebele of Mzilikazi KaMatshobana Khumalo: Their History, Migrations, Settlements and Memory By Sabelo J. Ndlovu-Gatsheni</p> <h3>Chapter 3</h3> <p>Integration and forging Zwangendaba Jele and Ngoni identities in Zambia, 1835-1848 By Ackson Kanduza</p> <h3>Chapter 4</h3> <p>Ngoni migration to Malawi By Chris Chirwa</p> <h3>Chapter 5</h3> <p>The Ngoni after Zwangendaba`s Death By Ackson Kanduza and Chris Chirwa</p> <h3><a href="http://www.sadet.co.za/docs/RTD/vol8/SADET_Vol8 _chapter_6.pdf">Chapter 6</a><img src="http://www.sadet.co.za/images/pdf.gif" width="18" height="20"></h3> <p>The Ngoni in western and north-western Tanzania: Historical context, geographical spread and the nature of their involvement in the region By Yusufu Lawi</p> <h3>Chapter 7</h3> <p>Barotse Diasporas in Zambia and Malawi in pre-colonial times By Chris Chirwa and Ackson Kanduza</p> <h3>Chapter 8</h3> <p>As migracoes/diapora Nguni e a formacao das identidades no sul de Mocambique, 1820-1920 By Alda Romai Suate Siade</p> <h3>Chapter 9</h3> <p>Political migrations from the south to the north during the times of high apartheid: late 1950s and 1960s By Sifiso Mxolisi Ndlovu</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> Sifiso Ndlovu Copyright (c) 2015 Unisa Press 2015-06-15 2015-06-15 Emotions, Social Transformation & Education https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/17 <p>This book addresses the education of emotions in the context of a transforming South African society. It attempts to reconfigure the conceptual landscape in terms of rationality, social transformation and education. It contests the intellectual and instrumental prejudice in the currently dominant ways of thinking about education, reclaiming a sense of how to think of education in terms of cultivating humanity, as a key to the profound transformation of South African society. The text argues that emotions should be relocated in our conception of transformation and education. The book comprises three parts. Part 1 consists of an account of a particular cognitive theory of the emotions, as developed by Martha Nussbaum in Upheavals of thought: The Intelligence of Emotions (2001). In Part 2, this theory is applied to examining the complexities of social transformation in South Africa at a more profound, personal level. In the final part, the concept of ‘education for transformation’ is discussed.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Alette Delport Copyright (c) 2020 Unisa Press 2015-05-29 2015-05-29 Looking for Lakshmi https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/34 <p>The story begins at high seas on a 12-day voyage across the Indian Ocean in the bowels of the SS Karanja bound for Bombay. It is February 1972 and the author has £200, stitched into the inside pocket of his trousers by an Indian tailor in Mombasa ‘wise to the embraces of Indian pickpockets’. The 1 000-mile journey to his ancestral home in North Punjab lies ahead. Rajan Soni weaves together aspects of both his African and Indian inheritance to fashion the tale of his search for his anonymous Indian grandmother, Bibiji, whose legacy is shrouded in silence. The political and spiritual entwine, as the writer traces the shadow of Bibiji through generations of his family dispersed across continents. His is a search for meaning that conjures universal themes, which will resonate for readers who see their own migratory histories etched on familiar canvases of social turmoil, latent lines of fate, family and political history shaping personal destiny. This evocative narrative straddles the emerging discipline of Indian Ocean Studies and the popular genre of life writing. By turns restless, sardonic, lyrical, reflexive – always quietly compassionate – Looking for Lakshmi is an engaging new contribution to diasporic writing.</p> <p><a href="https://shop.snapplify.com/product/looking-for-lakshmi">e-book on Snapplify</a></p> Rajan Soni Copyright (c) 2015 Unisa Press 2015-04-30 2015-04-30 Our land, our life, our future https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/35 <p>This ground-breaking book evaluates a topic central to the past century of South African history — the 1913 Natives Land Act and its consequences. Applying rigorous scholarly standards, Harvey Feinberg analyses, reassesses and then challenges previously accepted ideas about the impact of the Land Act. The book, a product of meticulous research in major South African archives, is notable for its reference to a wide array of documents scholars have until now neglected. A plethora of evidence provides the data to challenge major theories about the impact of the Natives Land Act, and to illuminate changes in government land policy. Objectively presenting this new evidence, Feinberg convincingly demonstrates that through African agency, black South Africans continued to buy land after 1913 thereby challenging the territorial segregation goals of the rural white population. His study also includes important contrasts between the 1910—1948 period and the apartheid era. This book will appeal to a wide readership, including international researchers interested in land history, South Africa–oriented academics, and the South African legal community — lawyers, policymakers and NGOs dealing with the land claims process. Readers interested in early 20th century South African history, and in the current debates over land policy and access to land, will be intrigued by this rich vein of new material, and will find that it includes important background information for the post-1994 restitution process.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Harvey Feinberg Copyright (c) 2015 Unisa Press 2015-02-26 2015-02-26 Education, Economy & Society https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/36 <p>This book is a compelling and comprehensive antidote to the misconstrued nature of the relationship between education and society. It provides a constructive critique of conventional discourses but also alternative approaches to understand the connections between education and the triple scourge of unemployment, inequality and poverty. Against a tendency to reduce the skills discourse to narrow economic ends, the contributors passionately argue that education finds its value and purpose in a focus on social justice, transformation and democratic citizenship. The joy of education is to capture human imaginations and unleash their creativity towards a more humane and compassionate society. Here is a rich resource for educators, policy developers, trade unionists, and trainers to explore possibilities for a new pedagogy in post-school education and training through empirical research on skills, technology and issues of employment on the shop floor, critical analysis of the youth wage subsidy and workers' education. The book will appeal to a wide audience including students and academics in the fields of industrial sociology; economics; adult education; further education and training; and those in youth development.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Enver Motala Copyright (c) 2014 Unisa Press 2014-07-29 2014-07-29 Language Policy and the Promotion of Peace https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/39 <p>This book brings together the contributions of twelve scholars engaged in language activism, in research and in promoting peace. The writers are keenly attuned to the potentially genocidal consequences of language differences. In the articles they have written, they make compelling cases for indigenous non-hegemonic languages to be used and promoted, not only as a means of communication but to preserve the multilingual communities inhabiting the world. The book is a product of a collegial effort resulting from a symposium on Language Policy and the Promotion of Peace or the Prevention of Conflict, which was held at the University of Osnabrück, Germany, in 2011. While many different 'angles of vision', positions, approaches and emphases are argued in the contributors' commentaries and in their case studies, the twelve scholars and activists are united in their call for a multilingual global habitus. Neville Edward Alexander, the principal editor of this compilation, spent about 30 years studying and making policy proposals about the language question in South Africa. In that country, eleven languages are officially recognised by the post-apartheid government, and yet only two, English and Afrikaans, enjoy high-status functions in official communications. Alexander persistently called for mother-tongue instruction for children in their formative years of schooling. Sadly, this radical scholar and acknowledged sociologist of language died of lung cancer while he was working on this volume in 2012. Arnulf von Scheliha, the co-editor of this compilation, is professor of Systematic Theology at the University of Osnabrück in Germany. His main research topics are political ethics, interreligious hermeneutics, history of theology, and transformation of religion in pluralistic societies. He was the main organiser of the symposium that brought international scholars together to reflect on language policy and the promotion of peace, and that provided the wide-ranging 'raw material' for this book.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Neville Edward Alexander Arnulf Von Scheliha Copyright (c) 2014 Unisa Press 2014-06-30 2014-06-30 From Around the World in Eighty Days https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/40 <p>Accompanied by full-colour drawings and a CD with originally composed music.</p> <p>Have a kerala coffee on the go hop on a train to see the Elephant Man stop for a moment to sip on a Sula or order a chai. Ari Sitas awakens our senses with this unique sensory encounter. Experience the sights, sounds and smells of India with Aouda and Passerpartout. This book forms part of the prestigious Unsia Flame Series for interdisciplinary works. With full colour original Kerala art work, this truly is a unique work of art. Around the world in 80 days takes us on a seven-day journey to India. A reconstruction of Jules Verne’s journey of 1872, Phileas Fogg, Auda and Passepartout are transferred to the 21st century, in a dialogue of what was and what is and what remains … undecided …</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <p><a href="https://shop.snapplify.com/product/60dc6f0ca864e">e-book on Snapplify</a></p> Ari Sitas Copyright (c) 2014 Unisa Press 2014-06-30 2014-06-30 Haiku for Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/41 <p>Mother Africa shares her wisdom within this collection of more than fifty haiku, through the voices of three formidable women – author Marie Heese, artist Edith Bukani and voice artist Natalia Molebatsi. Marié Heese takes us on a journey, following the footprints of women before us, women amongst us; women just like us to experience the continent of Africa afresh. Enjoy glimpses of shifting landscapes, the shadow of a smile – fleeting moments captured in a handful of words. An ideal moment of repose is captured with wisdom and poise.</p> <p>This book is accompanied by an audio CD, which item can be ordered from Unisa Press with the print copy.&nbsp;</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Marie Heese Copyright (c) 2014 Unisa Press 2014-06-30 2014-06-30 The Poetry https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/42 <p>Complementary to Pitika Ntuli – Scent of Invisible Footprint – the sculpture comes The poetry. Released in a new, pocket-size gift book format to continue the intertwined dialogue between sculpture and poetry but, more so, to make the poetry of Pitika Ntuli accessible to a wider audience. Pitika Ntuli, poet, sculptor and philosopher, has recently been honoured by the Arts and Culture Trust and Vodacom Foundation with the 2013 Lifetime Achievement Award for Visual Art. On receiving the Lifetime Achievement Award, Ntuli explained, ‘Art is language that allows me to express disagreeable ideas agreeably. My life in art has been a ceaseless struggle to find a language that will capture the nuances of my times, and give concrete expression to the dreams that come by day and night. Sculpture is a bullfight that batters and bruises, and stretches the limits of endurance; but in the end you remain with a renewed aesthetic vision and a body pulsating with a spirit found from the relentless search for an ultimate shape or form, that would speak and answer the yet unasked questions.’ ‘I love you with the power of undulating Curves of bones With the marrow of memory Of our first kiss Under a bridge too far’.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Pitika Ntuli Copyright (c) 2014 Unisa Press 2014-06-30 2014-06-30 Reflective Public Administration https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/110 <table width="901"> <tbody> <tr> <td width="552"> <p><em>Reflective Public Administration: Ethics<strong>&nbsp;</strong></em>is the contribution to the two-part series on an updated approach to the first edition,&nbsp;<em>Reflective Public Administration: Views from the South.&nbsp;</em>The editors, Wessels, Pauw and Thani, present this topic as a reflection on issues such as conduct of public officials, budgets, affirmative action, and the responsibilities of the executive authority from an ethical perspective. This title is applicable to practitioners, academics and philosophers interested in the ethical debate regarding public administration.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <h3>Contents</h3> <p>This volume reflects specifically on five prominent ethical issues in public administration:</p> <h3>Reflection 1:<br> <em>Ethics for public administration and management in the twenty-first century</em></h3> <p>Issues such as human rights, a shrinking globe, an information glut, and the importance of morality in public administration and management are discussed against the backdrop of democracy.</p> <h3><strong>Reflection 2:</strong><br> <em>Professional ethics from day to day: A practitioner’s reflection</em></h3> <p>The discussion is limited here to the essential activities of essential public institutions from a practitioner’s perspective. The question of essential public activities and public institutions is also taken into account.</p> <h3><strong>Reflection 3:</strong><br> <em>Ethics and budgets</em></h3> <p>This reflection shows that budget decisions are not only economic, but moral as well. Therefore, public budgets are amenable to ethical analysis. This unique Reflection provides pointers for such analysis.</p> <h3><strong>Reflection 4:</strong><br> <em>The ethics of transformation and a representative public service</em></h3> <p>A conceptual framework is provided as an instrument to untangle the major transformation-related concepts in the public service and to determine whether equality can be achieved for all members of the diverse South African society under this condition.</p> <h3><strong>Reflection 5:</strong><br> <em>The ethics of ministerial responsibility to Parliament</em></h3> <p>Ministerial responsibility to Parliament is highlighted through the examination of the S<em>arafina 2&nbsp;</em>case, amounting to the value of fourteen million rand.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> Kobus Wessels J C Pauw X C Thani Copyright (c) 2014 Unisa Press 2014-06-15 2014-06-15 Discordant Village Voices https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/45 <p>This book will be of great interest to researchers on wildlife management in Africa who must appreciate the essentially intertwined aspects of socio-cultural, socio-political and socio-economic processes, and who can find here an outstanding synthesis of the findings. 'Discordant Village Voices' is a quest for a more telling narrative about what continues to happen to people and wildlife on one resource frontier. Survival depends on our relationships with human and other life around us, relationships that are fragile, unconscious and uncertain. Sustainable practices and the ideas supporting them must be worked at and worked over continuously: such practical resolutions are rarely found within textbooks, but in practical cultivations on the ground, and often appearing when least expected. The future of the rural community of the central Luangwa Valley. This area, designated as a game management area, has been subject to profound cultural and economic changes resulting from colonial and later government initiatives to conserve wildlife. A shift in focus to environmental and biodiversity conservation in the 1980s released a new web of myths, problems and contradictions, without resolving earlier dilemmas from the state-dominated eras.&nbsp; In this study, initiated in the 1960s and carried out over the subsequent six decades, Stuart Marks examines the interface between the Munyamadzi rural communities and the wildlife institutions imposed on their homeland. Focusing on ways of effectively brokering resource regimes, he seeks to demonstrate that local employments and assistance must effect sustainable alternatives to pre-existing and customary livelihoods. His research is supported throughout by a database of wildlife counts—an original and statistically viable record designed in conjunction with local resident hunters—which offers an independent perspective, differing from those intermittently collected by safaris and scouts.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Stuart Marx Copyright (c) 2014 Unisa Press 2014-02-12 2014-02-12 Towards A Theology of HIV/AIDS https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/7 <p>Death and suffering are ubiquitous, they know no boundaries, no restrictions of culture or religion, yet we try to compartmentalise problems and solutions. We talk of AIDS in Africa, or obesity in the West, or a Christian response to suffering. Towards a Theology of HIV/AIDS: Evil, suffering and world religions looks at the issue of evil and suffering from a global and holistic perspective and develops a position which considers the response of the major faith groups towards the global AIDS crisis. In recognising that the problem is entwined in an interconnected world consisting of diverse people with diverse belief systems, it is Dr Louise Hearn’s contention that the problem of HIV/AIDS can only be approached from a multi-religious and multi- cultural perspective; that a true theology of HIV/AIDS can only be developed if that theology reflects the interconnectedness of the world in which we live. It is postulated that such a theology can lead to an enhanced global response to evil and suffering and by using practical examples, this is demonstrated in response to HIV/AIDS.</p> Louise Hearn Copyright (c) 2013 Unisa Press 2013-10-13 2013-10-13 Displaced https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/47 <p>Russell Kaschula’s delightful and provocative stories explore the complexities of living in the intercultural spaces of Southern Africa, reflections born out of&nbsp; his own history and experiences. Depicting a truly South African identity, the stories are told without bigotry, condescension or political correctness, and embrace the theme of our common historical uncertainty and displacement, over a period stretching back to the 1850s. Bringing together pre- and post-apartheid threads, he weaves together sometimes painful, sometimes humorous incidents of change, sorrow, fun, violence, forgiveness, innocence, identity, belonging, new directions and interlinked destinies.</p> <h3>Contents</h3> <p>Acknowledgements viii <br>1. Displaced 1 <br>2. Two Teas Please 17 <br>3. Pool 31 <br>4. Valley of Voices 41 <br>5. Initiates 53 <br>6. Six Teaspoons of Sweetness 69 <br>7. Divine Beginnings 85 <br>8. N(ative) Y(ard) 47th Street 105 <br>9. Shades of Orange 117 <br>10. The Forgiver 129 <br>11. Shadow 139</p> Russel Kaschula Copyright (c) 2013 Unisa Press 2013-07-31 2013-07-31 Investigating English https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/9 <p>Investigating English provides a framework for the study of English Language. It is aimed at South African tertiary students and encompasses a year’s course. Basing the book on the premise that language is a complex system of signs for human communication, both aural and written. Glenda Heinemann explores the nature of language, considering such issues as the inseparable link between form and meaning, the relationship between language and thought, and how words determine the way we conceptualise the world and relate to other people. Investigating English incorporates some theoretical elements, but it relates closely to language use in the real world. Controversial issues such as accent and what constitutes correct pronunciation are discussed. How human beings acquire their primary language and later learn additional languages are areas covered. The topics dealt with in the different chapters prepare students for investigating an aspect of language that interests them particularly. An independent language investigation on a topic of their choice serves as the culmination of the year’s study. This project aims to promote independent thinking and initiative and to encourage the application of theory. It also develops research skills and the ability to write a cohesive report using appropriately academic language. Investigating English offers a logically structured approach to the study of language, and particularly English for South African students. It will be invaluable to those intending to become teachers or any other kind of language practitioner. Investigating English supplies an important need for all concerned with effective communication in English. It also encourages a broadminded attitude of understanding and tolerance of the diversity intrinsic to our South African linguistic context.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Glenda Heinemann Copyright (c) 2013 Unisa Press 2013-06-30 2013-06-30 Afrikamasutratjie https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/28 <p>This book is the sensual first-time translation into Afrikaans of Vatsayana's Kama Sutra, translated by Ilse Carla Groenewald. This hardcover A6&nbsp;gift booklet, based on the Afrikamasutralarge edition, is richly illustrated with humour and wit by artists Diek Grobler, Marna Schoeman and Hardus Koekemoer. Written by Vatsayana, the Kama Sutra is regarded as a classic work on human sexual behaviour, and was originally written in the sixth century, in Sanskrit.</p> <p>Afrikamasutra is die uiters sensuele, Afrikaanse weergawe van Vatsayayana se Kama Sutra uit die pen van skrywer Ilse Carla Groenewald.&nbsp; Die boek is pragtig en humoristies geïllustreer deur Diek Grobler, Hardus Koekemoer en Marna Schoeman. Die Kama Sutra word gesien as die standaard werk oor menslike seksuele gedrag in Sanskrit geskryf deur Vatsyayana tussen die eerste en sesde eeu na Christus.&nbsp; Kama verwys na estetiese en erotiese plesier en liefde, terwyl Sutra na die draadjie verwys wat alles en almal aan mekaar verbind. Afrikamasutra is ‘n unieke boek gebaseer op die Kama Sutra deur Vatsyayana.&nbsp; Wat hierdie boek uniek maak is dat dit die eerste Afrikaanse vertaling van die Kama Sutra is en al die illustrasies in die boek is gedoen deur drie bekende Suid-Afrikaanse kunstenaars, naamlik Diek Grobler, Hardus Koekemoer and Marna Schoeman. Die illustrasies lig op humoristiese en kreatiewe wyse die teks toe. Die boek is nie slegs ‘n direkte vertaling van die oorspronklike nie, maar is gemik daarop om die Suid-Afrikaanse idioom vas te vang en ‘n vars, unieke en sensuele blik te gee op seksualiteit wat gemik is op die moderne, vrydenkende Suid-Afrikaanse leser.&nbsp; Afrikamasutra kyk na liefde, respek, spiritualiteit, seksualiteit, intimiteit en ander sosiale kwessies op ‘n humoristiese, tog deernisvolle wyse. Die teks is ‘n skerp, pittige, maar ook poëtiese interpretasie van die oorspronklike teks deur Vatsyayana.&nbsp; Enig in Suid-Afrika.&nbsp;</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Ilse Carla Groenewald Diek Grobler Marna Schoeman Hardus Koekemoer Copyright (c) 2013 Unisa Press 2013-06-30 2013-06-30 Reflective Public Administration https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/111 <table width="901"> <tbody> <tr> <td width="456"> <p><em>Reflective Public Administration: Context, knowledge and methods</em> is the contribution to the two-part series on an updated approach to the first edition, <em>Reflective Public Administration: Views from the South</em>. The editors, Wessels, Pauw and Thani, present Reflective Public Administration: Context, knowledge and methods as a thinking aid for public administrators (practitioners, academics, and researchers) and students.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <p>&nbsp;<strong>Contents</strong></p> <p>Divided into two parts, the content covers the following range of topics:</p> <p><strong>Part I:</strong></p> <p>The concept of public administration is dealt with as well as the development and reconstruction of the state in South Africa. The philosophical issues in management and development at the beginning of the twenty-first century are looked at thereafter as well as the African public administration.</p> <p><strong>Part II:</strong></p> <p>The nature of social science is explored and the paradigmatic debate in South African public administration is revisited. Research and research methods in public administration is addressed and followed by a look at creative writing as qualitative research. Narrative and philosophy are examined as methods and the understanding and invention of meaning in reading is explored.</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> <p>&nbsp;</p> </td> </tr> </tbody> </table> Kobus Wessels J C Pauw X C Thani Copyright (c) 2013 Unisa Press 2013-06-15 2013-06-15 Building African Christian Marriages https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/48 <p>This book addresses topics like lobolo, infertility and the role of extended family intervention to one’s marriage. These traits are in certain philosophies of life and schools of thoughts being discredited, discouraged and often ignored by the very same people who are expected to uphold them with pride of their own identity. Various factors including Western thought as well as urbanization had been cited as some of the reasons alienating African people from these practices. The intention of this book is not primarily to convince African people to uphold their own traditions, but to indicate how unjustly and unfairly had the practices been criticized and ignored. Some of the outcomes of such ignorance are also listed. This book is a research-based since more than seventy-five percent of the work is derived from&nbsp;the author's&nbsp;postrgraduate&nbsp;studies. Pastoral caregivers and parents need the information contained in this book to help them balance their thinking between some African traits and Biblical view when dealing with African marital and premarital issues.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Elijah Baloyi Copyright (c) 2013 Unisa Press 2013-06-01 2013-06-01 Above the Skyline https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/14 <p>Above the Skyline is both an ethnographic study of the Hope and Unity Metropolitan Community Church (HUMCC) in Johannesburg and an historic biography of the church's Reverend Tsietsi Thandekiso. Author Graeme Reid became interested in this church community and, as an anthropologist, spent more than a year participating in all the church's activities. The book demonstrates how the church helped to integrate different aspects of identity for gays and lesbians who were African and Christian, and it shows how the church helped to mediate between young gay Christians and their families. The HUMCC provided a spiritual home for lesbians and gay men while actively affirming their identities. Before his premature death, Reverend Tsietsi Thandekiso played a significant role as a public spokesperson for his constituency, making his 'small flock' an important community organization and political voice, speaking out against homophobia from both an African and Christian perspective. Above the Skyline also explores the meanings of the sermons and healing rituals presented within this church.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> <p>&nbsp;</p> Graeme Reid Copyright (c) 2010 Unisa Press 2013-05-29 2013-05-29 Mastering Information Skills for the 21st Century https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/11 <p>Information communication technology (ICT) has changed the way we access and use information. It has also dramatically increased the amount of information available. The information environment constantly changes, and it requires particular skills to make use of the bewildering flood of information. These skills, collectively referred to as information literacy skills, include the ability to locate, evaluate, and use information effectively. They are important for everyone, but especially for undergraduate students. This book will not only ensure that you, as a student, cope with your studies, but will also enable you to participate in the global economy and keep abreast of the ever-changing environment once you graduate. The book examines the various aspects of information literacy, including finding information in a range of sources and resources, such as a library and the internet; and differentiating between various types of resources such as journals, grey literature, government publications, data bases and the internet. It demonstrates how to search electronic information sources effectively, and evaluate information obtained from the internet. It clarifies what is ethical use of information. Also covered in this book are the essential skills of compiling notes and summaries from sources; reading and writing skills - especially as related to writing assignments; and referencing methods needed for compiling an accurate and complete bibliography. The book includes self-test activities and is an indispensable tool for undergraduates.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Merna Machet Copyright (c) 2012 Unisa Press 2012-06-30 2012-06-30 Between the Real and the Ideal https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/18 <p>Considering the high demands made on the pastoral profession in church and society, special attention to ministers and their work is vital. Since church leadership requires well-balanced people with appropriate theological knowledge, combined with spiritual aptitude or maturity, the development of quality Christian leaders becomes an important challenge that needs to be addressed throughout theological training. Given that ministerial formation is such a multifaceted activity, theological graduates are expected to master important aspects of the tradition - to do a range of tasks required in the ministry of the church and to be persons of faith. Each of these dimensions is informed by explicit or implicit theological understandings of the nature of people, ministry, leadership, context, and diversity. As such, ministerial formation and training requires that those ways of thinking be linked constructively with ways of being and doing. This book offers a description and discussion of ministerial formation practices within theological education from the perspective of different church traditions in South Africa. The book highlights the need for ministerial formation as crucial to theological education, its goals and practice, challenges, future visions, and its impact on the wider society in South Africa. The book conceptualizes the current relevance of ministerial formation, offering varied ways in which formation takes place, the needed moral support, as well as approaches to best practice.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Marilyn Naidoo Copyright (c) 2012 Unisa Press 2012-06-30 2012-06-30 Sauti https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/26 <p>Sauti! (Swahili for ‘Voice!’) is a new note in the call for Africa to extricate itself from its colonial past and create a unique identity in consonance with its own culture. In these pages, Matoane Mamabolo makes a cultural and spiritual journey enquiring into the future of the African continent, a journey that will resonate with scholars, politicians and thinking people, both Africans and non-Africans. Well researched and written, this study is detailed, meticulous, challenging, informative, and thought provoking. Its focus is on creating a framework in which Africans can grapple spiritually and intellectually with questions relating to their beliefs and hopes – and in ways that are intelligible to Africans and relevant to their social-cultural contexts. In a thorough review of the more serious contemporary social, religious and cultural problems that the continent is facing, the author analyses the challenges facing Africa in an interesting new way, and provides suggestions for successful decolonisation, as well as reflecting on the status of African ideas in a globalised world. This study will prove useful as a reference and handbook for students and lecturers of African Renaissance studies, politics, theology, African philosophy and the social sciences.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Matoiane Mamabolo Copyright (c) 2012 Unisa Press 2012-06-30 2012-06-30 Mandela & Mbeki https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/49 <p>This book presents a comparative historical study of the narrative of Mandela and Mbeki and its grip on the South African imagination. A persistent theme among historical narratives of South African presidential politics was that Mandela is a ‘hero’, and that his style embodied an inclusive approach. His former deputy and successor, on the other side, was regarded a little harshly as a ‘prince’. This book is concerned with the historical contexts in which these two narratives were centred, and takes the reader on a journey of what South African history could look like when Mandela, a character of legend, is cast in the role of an introverted ruler, and Mbeki as manifesting the sense of an outsider. Mbeki had a reputation for being ‘an opinionated foreigner’ in his country’s present politics of avant-gardism and universalism. The author presents a picture of the period 1912–2008 and organises his account around a number of themes of current interest: the ‘invention’ of traditions and modern nations, Black Consciousness, the ANC, the PAC, the working class, and the middle class. He writes a stimulating account with a great deal of interesting detail, taking the debate about his two protagonists beyond the ‘orthodox’ platform to which it had been taken in the mid-1990s. Lucky Mathebe sets out to demonstrate, on the one hand, that Mandela’s legend amounts to a great deal more than the surge of his charisma, and that his Republicans’ avant-gardism did much to make him the leader he became. On the other hand, he demonstrates that Mbeki was a pragmatist and a ‘hyphenate’ leader, both by custom and by principle, and was historically programmed by his exile past into the primordialist he became.</p> Lucky Mathebe Copyright (c) 2012 Unisa Press 2012-06-30 2012-06-30 The new African Librarian https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/118 <p><span style="color: #333333; font-family: 'Amazon Ember', Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; display: inline !important; float: none;">This book grew out of the African Library Summit, the first event of its kind, held in South Africa from 11 to 13 May 2011, and co-hosted by the Library of the University of South Africa, the International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA) Africa Section and the IFLA Regional Office for Africa. The purpose of the Summit was to bring together African library leaders to reflect on the roles of African libraries and librarianship in the production of knowledge and the dissemination of African research, with an obligation to develop libraries in the country of origin. Delegates from 24 African countries participated in the Summit, together with delegates from the United States, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Italy and Germany. Based on the proceedings of the first Summit, the papers have been reviewed by the editors for publication and were subjected to a peer review process. The contents cover current trends in librarianship, regional and country overviews, knowledge management, the role of library associations in the development and training of 21st century library and information professionals, and much more. </span></p> <p><span style="color: #333333; font-family: 'Amazon Ember', Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px; font-style: normal; font-variant-ligatures: normal; font-variant-caps: normal; font-weight: 400; letter-spacing: normal; orphans: 2; text-align: start; text-indent: 0px; text-transform: none; white-space: normal; widows: 2; word-spacing: 0px; -webkit-text-stroke-width: 0px; background-color: #ffffff; text-decoration-thickness: initial; text-decoration-style: initial; text-decoration-color: initial; display: inline !important; float: none;">The outcomes, accepted resolutions and the statement of commitment signed by the participants of the Summit are provided, with an overview of the future of African librarianship. The fruitful discussions on all these topics led to one inevitable question: what does it mean to be a librarian on the African continent? The answers provided reveal the advent of the new African librarian, dedicated to a new collaborative vision, with a commitment to quality, and confidence in the important role libraries have to play in the present and future of the continent. This book represents the arrival of an exciting phase in the history and development of African librarianship and is essential reading for understanding the background to the changes we are seeing and those to come. <br></span></p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29">Book order form</a></p> Buhle Mbambo-Thatha Jenny Raubenheimer Gerhard van der Linde Copyright (c) 2012 Unisa Press 2012-06-15 2012-06-15 Seedlings https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/12 <p>Seedlings is a collection of his essays from journals and magazines on South African topics not covered in his books and includes a new study of children's verse of the first half of the twentieth century. Chapters include entertaining, broad-ranging discussions of familiar and obscure books and writers both past and present, placing them in national and international context. His historical studies provide new insights into the cultural history of English-speaking white South Africans. Two innovative chapters examine published collections of writing by young people from the apartheid era through to the present, ending with the testimonies of young refugees. He concludes with two chapters on researching South African children's literature.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Elwyn Jenkins Copyright (c) 2012 Unisa Press 2012-03-20 2012-03-20 Because They Chose The Plan of God https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/22 <p>On May 24, 1921, 800 white police and soldiers were sent to forcibly remove a group of 'Israelites' from their holy village of Ntabelanga in Eastern Cape, South Africa. The Israelites, who were led by an African prophet named Enoch Mgijima, could not come to an agreement with the police, and a clash erupted between the two sides. The police had rifles, machine guns, and cannons, while the Israelites were armed only with sticks, swords, and spears. Within 20 minutes, nearly 200 Israelites lay dead, with many more wounded. This event would soon be called the 'Bulhoek Massacre.' Why did this tragedy happen? Why did the Israelites settle at Ntabelanga? Why did the government oppose them? Why did the government decide to send an armed force to expel the Israelites from their holy village? Why were the Israelites prepared to face this force on the plain outside Ntabelanga? How did government museums and memorials portrayed the Bulhoek Massacre before 1994, and then afterwards? Because They Chose the Plan of God examines these questions. Including 30 rare photographs, this revised edition looks at the history of Enoch Mgijima and his followers, the Israelites, and brings to life this episode in South African history.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Robert Edgar Copyright (c) 2012 Unisa Press 2012-02-22 2012-02-22 Against the world https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/13 <p>Against the World maps South Africa’s journey to increasing isolation in the United Nations, from a respected member in 1945 to a pariah’ in the early sixties. The book reveals how this country became the main architect of its own growing isolation, since it refused to modify domestic policies that alienated even its potential allies. Its low profile in debates and constant abstention on human rights instruments were seen as a lack of interest in global humanitarian affairs. Events unfold from 1945, when Field Marshall JC Smuts proposed the adoption of a Preamble to the United Nations Charter. Three years later, South Africa refused to sign the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Global criticism against apartheid intensified, until in 1960 it culminated in calls from African members for economic and diplomatic sanctions. By 1961, South Africa had become isolated in the United Nations and relegated to a moral wilderness. For the modern reader of history and social affairs, the book clarifies South Africa’s past and present role in the evolution of international humanitarian law.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Jeremy Shearer Copyright (c) 2011 Unisa Press 2011-11-12 2011-11-12 The Road to Democracy https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/144 <p>The second volume in the series, like the first, is a highly academic history. This is its strength as a reference work for the future. This is also a vibrant, emotive, and highly personalised story about the people involved, many of them ordinary people whose voices have until now not been heard. Volume 2 covers the tumultuous decade from 1970 to 1980 and includes, among important highlights, the growing influence of Black Consciousness ideology on the minds of the oppressed; the widespread workers’ strikes in Durban in 1973; the horror of Soweto in 1976; the intensification of the armed struggle and the strengthening of underground structures. It is a fascinating read.</p> Sifiso Ndlovu Copyright (c) 2011 Unisa Press 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 Searching for South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/25 <p>The fifteen years from 1994 to 2009 have seen unprecedented change in the Republic of South Africa. The contributors to Searching for South Africa set out to test the legitimacy and utility of this general consensus. The authors actively refuse to travel the path of transition. Instead, they write from the articulatory cauldron of the current social movements in South Africa to seek something better, as well as something other, than a language of transition. With intense and speculative critiques of sites of struggle, the essays range in focus from the campaigns of outsourced workers at the University of Cape Town to the 'informal high school' Masiphumelele in the Mandela Park section of Khayelitsha; from the Anti-Eviction Campaign to the Soweto Electricity Crisis Committee; from the Anti-Privatisation Forum to the Congress of South African Trade Unions and the African National Congress. In each instance, the authors attempt to trace the new calculus of dignity among the indignant social majority. Searching for South Africa takes seriously a critique and critical reflection of knowledge production as writing in and on social movements in South Africa. It raises critical questions on the economies of knowledge. Who gets to say what, why, where and how? Who represents whom, why, where and how? In raising these questions, the authors attempt to understand individual and collective issues of representation, marginalisation and omission. Searching for South Africa articulates a struggle that is always a struggle with struggle itself - as a concept, as a phenomenon, as an event, and as a process. The essays function as part analysis, part manual, and part manifesto. Each essay celebrates the real and manifest capacity of South African masses to value their own lived time through an assertion of agency. Another form of resistance is possible!</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Shireen Essof Dan Moshenberg Copyright (c) 2011 Unisa Press 2011-06-30 2011-06-30 African Initiatives in Healing Ministry https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/50 <p>Healing ministry is becoming more prominent in many different Christian traditions in Southern Africa. In the past, however, it was largely confined to the Spirit-type African Independent Churches, where it was (and still is) used as a recruitment technique par excellence. For these denominations healing is central to mission, and the church is seen primarily as a healing institution. In the Western-initiated churches, healing was earlier seen as peripheral, but has become more central in recent years. This book presents four case studies of the healing ministry in Zimbabwe, based on research by Dr Tabona Shoko and Dr Lilian Dube, synchronised into a single volume by Stephen Hayes. The case studies examine aspects of the healing ministry in four different denominations: The Zvikomborero Apostolic Church, the St Elijah Church, the Roman Catholic Church and the Anglican Church. By way of introduction, the authors firstly provide insights into the historical setting and the background to Christianity in Zimbabwe. In Part I, the religious background is further outlined, especially traditional religion among the Shona people of Zimbabwe, and healing in African independent churches in general. In the second part, the focus is on the case studies of healing in two African independent churches, and two Western-initiated churches (Roman Catholic and Anglican). Part III consists of conclusions drawn from the case studies, while the Epilogue looks at the wider application of the case studies, and the implications for Christianity in Africa in general. The core of this book is four case studies of the healing ministry in Zimbabwe, based on research by Dr Tabona Shoko and Dr Lilian Dube. The case studies examine aspects of the healing ministry in four different denominations: The Zvikomborero Apostolic Church, the St Elijah Church, the Roman Catholic Church and the Anglican Church. These case studies show that healing ministry is becoming more prominent in many different Christian traditions in Southern Africa. In the past, however, it was largely confined to the Spirit-type African Independent Churches, where it was (and still is) used as a recruitment technique par excellence. For these denominations healing is central to mission, and the church is seen primarily as a healing institution. In the Western-initiated churches, exemplified in the case studies by the Anglican and Roman Catholic Churches, healing was earlier seen as peripheral, but has become more central in recent years, as the case studies show, though it is still not as prominent as in the prophetic-healing ministry of the Spirit-type AICs. The book is arranged into three main sections, with an introduction and an epilogue. The introduction deals with the historical setting and the background to Christianity in Zimbabwe. Part I deals with the religious background, especially traditional religion among the Shona people of Zimbabwe, and healing in African independent churches in general. Part II consists of four case studies of healing in different Christian denominations in Zimbabwe, two African independent churches, and two Western-initiated churches (Roman Catholic and Anglican). Part III consists of conclusions drawn from the case studies. The Epilogue looks at the wider application of the case studies, and the implications for Christianity in Africa in general.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Lilian Dube Tabona Shoko Stephen Hayes Copyright (c) 2011 Unisa Press 2011-06-30 2011-06-30 Religious Ideas and Institutions https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/24 <p>In this latest phase of political transitions in Africa, analysts rarely consider the relationship between religion and politics. This book seeks to address this need. It argues among other things that for democracy to be consolidated, political leaders must make the right institutional choices, choices that structure the incentives of their constituents as well as their own away from antagonistic forms of politics or religious extremism. What impact do African contemporary religious organizations and elites have on their societies in terms of intergroup reciprocity and political bargaining? The primary objective of this volume is to analyse how such organizations respond to the political signs and gestures of other groups in a like-minded manner and the nature and effects of their negotiations with the state and other interests over contested matters. The authors of this selection of papers hypothesize that Africa’s religious organizations can prove critical in the way their elites make demands on the state and in the way they help to shape the structure of intergroup relations in constructive or destructive directions. They consider the roles of both secular and religious elites and institutions in creating a political climate that enables elites to consolidate democracy.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> E J Keller Copyright (c) 2015 Unisa Press 2011-05-30 2011-05-30 The ANC's Early Years https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/15 <p>At a time when African National Congress alliance politics are again prominent in South Africa, this nuanced study of the intersection of class and African national forces in the history of Africa’s oldest national liberation movement helps explain the deeper origins of this alliance. The book squarely places African agency at the centre of South African history and re-casts the story of the ANC in the words and actions of its own members and supporters at local and regional, as well as national, levels. In doing so, it shines a long overdue light on ordinary black activists, including politicised workers and women, and integrates these stories with those of more well-known leaders.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Peter Limb Copyright (c) 2010 Unisa Press 2010-06-30 2010-06-30 Critical Reasoning and the Art of Argumentation https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/38 <p>Back by popular demand, this revised edition is now even more lively, accessible and offers an improved and reader-friendly introduction to the art of clear thinking.&nbsp; Critical thinkers who think for themselves, rather than blindly following the instructions of authoritarian and indoctrination practices of a closed system, are the key role players in a free and democratic society. Developing and applying critical reasoning skills are globally recognised as basic competencies, like reading and writing. We are confronted with many social, political and moral issues, and the ability to think critically is of great value in dealing competently with these issues. The revised edition is filled with up-to-date as well as new examples from major socio-political events that took place in South Africa in the past few years, such as the Zuma trial, political conflict, race relations and xenophobia.Other new examples have been based on events that took place in the rest of Africa and the world, such as the Zimbabwean condition, political events in Darfur, and the war in Afghanistan.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> M E Van den Bergh Copyright (c) 2010 Unisa Press 2010-06-17 2010-06-17 Under Protest https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/6 <p>Under Protest, by Fort Hare alumnus Daniel Massey, combines a trove of previously untapped university records with the recollections of dozens of former students to dig deep into the complex past of the institution that educated figures like Tambo, Nelson Mandela, Mangosuthu Buthelezi and Robert Mugabe. Through the eyes of former students, we see just how the university veered sharply off the course intended by its missionary founders and apartheid trustees, giving birth to many of the most important leaders in South Africa’s struggle for democracy. Massey interviews Fort Harians ranging from Govan Mbeki and Wycliffe Tsotsi to Jeff Baqwa and Thenjiwe Mtintso, who explain the vital role Fort Hare played in the development of their activism. He pays particular attention to the 1960 government takeover, showing how the authorities’ attempt to stifle student protest ended up creating the hothouse conditions that eventually brought apartheid to its knees.</p> Daniel Massey Copyright (c) 2019 Unisa Press 2010-04-05 2010-04-05 Syracuse in Antiquity https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/253 <p><strong>ISBN 978186888407-0</strong></p> <p><strong>CONTENTS A: THE BOOK</strong></p> <p>Acknowledgements......... vi</p> <p>List of Abbreviations. . . . . .. ... vii</p> <p>List of Illustrations &amp; Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii</p> <p>Prologue: Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .1</p> <p>Chapter 1: Urban Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9</p> <p>Chapter 2: Chore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29</p> <p>Chapter 3: Temples &amp; Theatres. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47</p> <p>Chapter 4: The Four Great Sieges of Syracuse . . . . . . . . 74</p> <p>Chapter 5: Imperial Designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107</p> <p>Chapter 6: A City in the Roman Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135</p> <p>Appendices</p> <ol> <li>The Chief Cities of Sicily in Antiquity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145</li> <li>The Size of the Athenian Camp .................................. 146</li> <li>The Tellaro or the Assinaro? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148</li> <li>Dating the Monuments of Syracusan Imperialism . . ..150</li> <li>The Proconsuls of Sicily (210-36 BC) ........................... 152</li> </ol> <p>Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156</p> <p>Index ........................................................... 162</p> <p><strong>CONTENTS </strong><strong>B: </strong><strong>THE </strong><strong>CD Rom</strong></p> <p>Prologue</p> <p>Chapter 1: Urban Space</p> <p>Chapter 2: Chore</p> <p>Chapter 3a: Temples</p> <p>Chapter 3b: Theatres</p> <p>Chapter 4: The Four Great Sieges</p> <p>Chapter 5: Syracusan Imperialism</p> <p>Epilogue: A City in the Roman Empire</p> <p>Catalogue of the Stills, Maps &amp; Video Clips</p> <p> </p> <p>My first ever arrival in torrid summer temperatures was at the train station in the days when trains were invariably late and, this being no exception, it was the siesta when it should have been breakfast time. The station deserves a mention for it is a welcoming building of the nineteenth century, cool and inviting inside where the smell of coffee dominated; and still does today.3 My later arrivals, more or less fraught, have usually been by car in a country whose drivers all seem to aspire to Formula One fame. S</p> <p>yracuse, like all Italian cities, is a forbidding place for foreign drivers unused to the congestion and abundant bad tempers. For all that, evenings on the island of Ortygia can be remarkably like those in Venice: peaceful, soporific, timeless. From the station the visitor passes through what was once the hotel quarter - then rather downmarket - now, like everywhere else here, staggering towards gentrification, to the chaotic Piazza Mazzini, which is easier to cross as a pedestrian than in a car. There is not much to commend this square but lying adjacent as it does to the rather seedy Faro Siracusana - another place where one wants to leave rather than to loiter - this is the centre of ancient Akradina. Here once stood, says Cicero (Verr 2.4.119), a great agora with a very fine colonnade, an attractive council building and a suitably impressive senate house, not to mention several other temples and numerous private houses beyond. Today some columns remain about two metres below ground level to remind the viewer of what is lost. The mole to Ortygia (for the land here is man-made) fulfilled the ambition of Dionysius I to provide space to house himself and his family in suitable grandeur (Diod. 14. 7 .1 ). This stretch of land leads, in six Victorian-looking apartment blocks, to the Darsena or channel and one of three bridges which carries traffic to and from the northern end of the island. Filled with fishing boats, boats for tourist excursions and diving schools, this channel is more substantial than it was in antiquity. The ancient city gate labelled 'Hellenistic' lies to the right of the newest bridge (opened April 2004) behind the restaurant (painted a startling pink) called 'Rambla'. The height of the island is hidden behind more modem buildings, as is the temple of Apollo two blocks to the left. The oldest bridge, the Ponte Umbertino leads via the Piazza Pancali directly to the temple, but the new one-way system does not allow this approach any longer except by foot. But none of the modem bridges gives a faithful entry onto ancient Ortygia. The bridge must have been closer to the Great Harbour on the extreme western side of the channel and funnelled traffic left towards the gateway. </p> Richard J Evans Copyright (c) 2009 Unisa Press 2009-06-30 2009-06-30 Robben Island To Wall Street https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/46 <p>Gaby Magomola’s book reflects on a critical time in the history of South Africa. Taking broad lyrical strides across various major crucial epochs in the history of this country, Gaby offers an insider’s view of a number of key events. During the 1960s, the country was in the grip of various uprisings leading to the Sharpeville massacre, and the arrest and incarceration of various leaders and activists of the day, including the young Gaby. Some years later, the Soweto uprisings followed, while during the 80s and early 90s the repressive reign of PW Botha prevailed – which later ended with the subsequent demise of Apartheid. This true account is a significant contribution to documenting life in Apartheid South Africa. In looking wider than the inside of Robben Island, as one of South Africa’s most symbolic centres of incarceration during the dark days of Apartheid, Gaby Magomola elevates this personal story to a life-affirming tale of courage and hope for all generations.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Gaby Magomola Copyright (c) 2009 Unisa Press 2009-06-12 2009-06-12 Defiant Images https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/130 <p>`This book is much more than just a discourse on photography in the land of apartheid. And it goes well beyond sophisticated debate on the artistic merits of images. While keeping the lens trained on the evolution of photography it plunges the reader into a sharp and evocative sociocultural history of a country in deep conflict.’ – Albie Sachs</p> <p>Photography is often believed to witness history or reflect society, but such perspectives fail to account for the complex ways in which photographs get made and seen, and the variety of motivations and social and political factors that shape the vision of the world that photographs provide. This book develops a critical historical method for engaging with photographs of South Africa during the apartheid period. The author looks closely at the photographs in their original contexts and their relationship to the politics of the time, listens to the voices of the photographers to try and understand how they viewed the work they were doing, and examines the place of photography in a postapartheid era. Based on interviews with photographers, editors and curators, and through the analysis of photographs held in collections and displayed in museums, this research addresses the significance of photography in South Africa during the second half of the twentieth century</p> <p><a href="https://shop.snapplify.com/product/defiant-images-photography-and-apartheid-south-africa">e-book from Snapplify</a></p> Darren Newbury Copyright (c) 2009 Unisa Press 2009-04-26 2009-04-26 All things hold together https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/248 <p>ISBN: 978 l 86888 429 5</p> <p>Series: African initiatives in Christian mission</p> <p>The African Initiated Churches (AICs) in many parts of Southern Africa represent up to 50% and more of African Christianity. They have often been negatively characterised as 'sects’ of a have dubious Christian nature or as ‘separatists’, growing mainly by virtue of African reaction to the mission endeavours of Western denominations. In-depth studies appearing in this series, however, convincingly illustrated that in terms of growth rates, indigenised evangelisation, missionary campaigns, and ecclesiastical contextualisation the AICs can no longer be regarded as a peripheral phenomenon. They belong to the mainstream of African Christianity and have developed innovative mission methods of their own which can only rate as a major contribution to the expanding Church in Africa. The author of this volume of selected essays has for more than 40 years studied and served the Zimbabwean AICs. Recognised in academic circles as one of the leading interpreters of AlCs he has, as 'folk-theologian', developed a narrative style of theologising which has enhanced greater understanding of this phenomenon. In his 'storytelling' the main characters under consideration invariably speak for themselves. Although the individual essays focus on AIC leadership, worship, sacraments, healing, dialogue with practitioners of African Traditional Religion, and earth keeping, the narration as a whole portrays the richness of AIC life and faith. The composite picture reflects the attraction this form of inculturated Christianity holds for African people - an attraction which stimulates recruitment and Unisa= rapid church expansion.</p> <p><strong>CONTENTS:</strong></p> <p>Series Preface vii<br />About this book by Marthinus L. Daneel ix<br />Foreword by Gary Van der Pol: lnus Daneel as holistic scholar, <br />bishop and activist xv<br /><strong>In Christ All Things Hold Together 1</strong><br />1 AICS: Historical Roots and Ecclesial Interconnections 1<br />2 AIC Pneumatology and the Salvation of All Creation 21<br />3 Earthkeeping in Missiological Perspective 46<br /><strong>I will raise up for them a prophet 96</strong><br />4 Fission Dynamics 98<br />5 Black Messianism: Corruption or Contextualisation? 131<br />6 Musariri Dhliwayo 161<br /><strong>Go, make disciples and Baptise 194</strong><br />7 The Missionary Outreach of AICs 195<br />8 AIC Women as Bearers of The Gospel Good News 214<br />9 Life around the Pool 231<br /><strong>Not to destroy but to fulfil 267</strong><br />10 Prophetism and Wizardry 268<br />11 Exorcism as Combating Wizardry: Liberation or Enslavement? 311<br />12 Encounter Between Christianity and African Traditional Religion 341<br /><strong>Unity so that the world may know 360</strong><br />13 Liberative Ecumenism at the African Grassroots 361<br /><strong>Conclusion by Alan Anderson:</strong> <br />The Significance of lnus Daneel for African Theology 394</p> ML Daneel Copyright (c) 2007 Unisa Press 2007-12-30 2007-12-30 Human Resource Management In Education https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/10 <p>This new edition follows the second edition of 2006. In this revised edition, we introduce more educational policies that have numerous implications for educational managers. These policies require educational managers to create a conducive environment where firm collegial relationships are established for effective teaching and learning. At the core of these policy initiatives is a thrust towards democratisation of the principles by which schools are governed and managed. These processes and structures involve institutional autonomy, school-based management, self-management, site-based management and participative decision-making. Educational managers require and deserve all the help available to turn the avalanche of reforms into workable practices. Human Resources Management in Education seeks to contribute helpful advice and assistance to educational managers to address numerous management problems and challenges. The topics covered include resourcing and development (staffing, induction, professional development and staff appraisal), empowering people (staff motivation, effective communication, conflict management and stress management) and stimulating individual and team performance (self-management, team management and leadership). Human Resources Management in Education is intended to guide educational managers through the main issues, not simply in problem-solving, but also in contextualisation. Furthermore, the third edition of Human Resources Management in Education aims to facilitate acquisition of knowledge, skills and attitudes in human resource management. Prof GM Steyn and Prof EJ van Niekerk's involvement in formal courses on education management have brought them in direct contact with the practical problems that educational managers experience in the school setting. They have both published a substantial number of articles and chapters in books on various educational topics.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> G M Steyn Copyright (c) 2006 Unisa Press 2006-06-06 2006-06-06 Somewhere In This Country https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/44 <p>This book is the first single collection of Memory Chirere’s short stories. Here, unique voices engage with a wide range of issues at the heart of Zimbabwean society in particular, and that of southern Africa in general, searching for, and negotiating towards, the ‘confluence’ of short story, fable and poem. All the characters here want something intensely and whether they win or lose, they tend to merge and walk back into the ever-intriguing Zimbabwean socioscape Memory Chirere teaches Creative Writing and African Literature at the University of Zimbabwe’s Department of English. He is a firm believer in ‘the short story’.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Memory Chirere Copyright (c) 2006 Unisa Press 2006-02-22 2006-02-22 Unity & Struggle https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/37 <p>Texts selected by the PAIGC (Partido Africano da Independência da Guiné e Cabo Verde / African Party for the Independence of Guinea and Cape Verde). Translated by Michael Wolfers, and foreword by Carlos Lopes. Amílcar Cabral, born in 1921 in Guinea- Bissau, had his early education in Guinea and persued his university studies in Portugal. Cabral found himself active in the nationalist struggle, a political context that enabled him to reflect on several aspects of the armed struggle. He developed his understanding and theories of the national liberation struggle in the political context of militant nationalism; he fought as he wrote incisively about that struggle, and passionately struggled as he wrote. This dialectical experience enriched his theoretical understanding of the aims, goals, strategies and ideologies that informed the nature of political involvement in the movement for national liberation.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Amilcar Cabral Copyright (c) 2004 Unisa Press 2004-06-30 2004-06-30 The E in Rave https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/245 <p>ISBN 1-86888-235-7</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p>PREFACE xi</p> <p>ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS xiii</p> <p>ABBREVIATIONS xiv</p> <p>1 INTRODUCTORY ORIENTATION, PROBLEM ANALYSIS, OBJECTIVES AND DEFINITION OF CONCEPTS 1</p> <p>1.1 Introductory orientation 1</p> <p>1.2 Problem analysis 3</p> <p>1.2.1 Awareness of the problem 3</p> <p>1.2.2 Exploration of the problem 4</p> <p>1.3 Statement of the problem 9</p> <p>1.3.1 Subsidiary problems 10</p> <p>1.4 Objective 10</p> <p>1.5 Delimiting the area of investigation 11</p> <p>1.6 Definition of concepts 11</p> <p>1.6.1 Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) 10</p> <p>1.6.2 Ecstasy 11</p> <p>1.6.3 Rave 11</p> <p>1.6.4 Adolescence 11</p> <p>1.6.5 Adolescent 11</p> <p>1.6.6 Youth 12</p> <p>1.6.7 Early adulthood 12</p> <p>2 METHYLENEDIOXYMETHAMPHET AMINE (MDMA OR 'ECSTASY') 13</p> <p>2.1 A brief history 13</p> <p>2.2 Classification of the MDMA drug 15</p> <p>2.3 Dosage and mode of use 16</p> <p>2.4 Effects 18</p> <p>2.4.1 Positive psychological effects 19</p> <p>2.4.2 Negative psychological effects 19</p> <p>2.4.3 Adverse psychological effects of Ecstasy use 24</p> <p>2.4.4 Tolerance versus dependency versus abuse patterns 26</p> <p>2.4.5 Physical effects 28</p> <p>2.4.6 Acute physical reactions 30</p> <p>2.4.7 Adverse psychological and physical effects 34</p> <p>2.5 MOMA and the brain - How Ecstasy affects the brain 35</p> <p>2.6 Neurotoxicity 39</p> <p>2.6.1 Implications of animal studies for human use 41</p> <p>2.6.2 Human studies 43</p> <p>2.7 Ethical dilemma 51</p> <p>2.8 Conclusion 52</p> <p>3 RAVES AND THEIR CULTURE 55</p> <p>3.1 Introduction 56</p> <p>3.2 What is a Rave? 56</p> <p>3.2.1 Contemporary definition of Rave 56</p> <p>3.2.2 The concept of Rave 59</p> <p>3.3 Why Rave? 59</p> <p>3.4 Rave music 59</p> <p>3.5 Visual effects 61</p> <p>3.6 Drugs 63</p> <p>3.7 The people who attend Raves 68</p> <p>3.8 Philosophy of Raves 70</p> <p>3.8.1 Peace, love, unity and respect (PLUR) 71</p> <p>3.8.2 The New Age philosophy 73</p> <p>3.9 Spirituality 7 4</p> <p>3.9.1 Rave as a spiritual event 75</p> <p>3.10 The comedown 81</p> <p>3.10.1 The fall of the Rave 83</p> <p>3.11 Conclusion 85</p> <p>4 FINDINGS OF QUESTIONNAIRES ON RECREATIONAL ECSTASY USE 87</p> <p>4.1 Introduction 87</p> <p>4.2 Research design 87</p> <p>4.2.1 The sample 87</p> <p>4.3 Measuring instrument 88</p> <p>4.4 Procedure 89</p> <p>4.5 Data analysis 89</p> <p>4.6 Results of the investigation 90</p> <p>4.6.1 A subjective evaluation of Ecstasy based on the subjects'</p> <p>personal experience 91</p> <p>4.6.2 Ecstasy initiation 91</p> <p>4.6.3 Reasons for trying Ecstasy 91</p> <p>4.6.4 Ability to have fun without Ecstasy 91</p> <p>4.6.5 Reasons for Rave participation and significance of Raves 91</p> <p>4.6.6 Word associations linked to Ecstasy 92</p> <p>4.6.7 Dosage and mode of use 93</p> <p>4.6.8 Patterns of use 93</p> <p>4.6.9 'Staggering' 93</p> <p>4.6.10 Frequency of use 94</p> <p>4.6.11 Maximum reported doses 94</p> <p>4.6.12 The effects experienced by Ecstasy users 95</p> <p>4.6.13 Dependency 96</p> <p>4.6.14 Tolerance 97</p> <p>4.6.15 Perceived risks 98</p> <p>4.6.16 Other drugs used by multiple-time users 99</p> <p>4.6.17 Influences on life in general 100</p> <p>4.7 Discussion of results 101</p> <p>4.8 Conclusion 106</p> <p>5 CONCLUSIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS AND IMPLICATIONS 110</p> <p>5.1 Introduction 110</p> <p>5.2 Conclusions 112</p> <p>5.2.1 Identification of Ecstasy or drug use in adolescents is</p> <p>imperative 113</p> <p>5.2.2 Teachers can exert a greater influence on the adolescent's</p> <p>mental health 114</p> <p>5.2.3 A disharmonious educational climate must be prevented 115</p> <p>5.2.4 Further research is essential 114</p> <p>5.3 Recommendations 115</p> <p>5.3.1 Teachers should be informed about current drug trends 115</p> <p>5.3.2 Documentation 115</p> <p>5.3.3 Better rapport between parents and teachers 116</p> <p>5.3.4 Better contact between school-bound and school-related</p> <p>services 116</p> <p>5.3.5 Parent support groups 116</p> <p>5.3.6 Parental drug education 117</p> <p>5.3.7 Adolescent discussion groups 118</p> <p>5.3.8 Identifying drug use 118</p> <p>5.3.9 Individual counselling and cognitive/behavioural therapy 120</p> <p>5.3.10 Group counselling and adolescent support groups 120</p> <p>5.3.11 Drug education and prevention programmes 121</p> <p>5.3.12 Harm-reduction approach 122</p> <p>5.4 Implications of this investigation 122</p> <p>5.4.1 Implications for the adolescent 122</p> <p>5.4.2 Implications for the parents 124</p> <p>5.4.3 Implications for the teacher 125</p> <p>5.4.4 Implications for the schools 126</p> <p>5.4.5 Implications for the future 126</p> <p>5.5 Matters requiring further research 127</p> <p>5.6 Conclusion 127</p> <p>5.6.1 List of relevant contact numbers 129</p> <p>APPENDICES</p> <p>The Ecstasy experience 133</p> <p>II DanceSafe - Harm-reduction information 137</p> <p>BIBLIOGRAPHY 139</p> <p>INDEX 151</p> <p><strong><em>Preface</em></strong></p> <p>The use of methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) or 'Ecstasy', as it is commonly known, is a phenomenon that has established itself in the widespread Rave culture. Ecstasy use causes not only physical and psychological problems in the development of the adolescent but may also influence his or her concept of self, academic performance, concentration and learning abilities. The use of the drug can also give rise to a number of social problems that include relations with family, school or work, the law and possible personality changes. To prevent these problems, educators should be well informed regarding current drug-use trends and should also be capable of assisting adolescents. The term <em>educator </em>includes parents, teachers, guidance counsellors and psychologists. Teachers as secondary educators possibly only surpass parents in their close involvement in the development of the adolescent. Research on the precise nature of Ecstasy use and the characteristics of its users is lacking in South Africa. The increase in Ecstasy use amongst school going adolescents and young adults, and the fact that there are side-effects and unknown long-term effects have made it imperative that educators learn as much as possible about this drug. The purpose of this book is therefore to furnish the educator - as well as the friends of Ecstasy users, the users and potential users themselves - with accurate information that will enable him or her to obtain a reference point from which assistance can be offered to the young Ecstasy user.</p> Fanitsa H Zervogiannis Copyright (c) 2003 Unisa Press 2003-06-30 2003-06-30 Christ Divided https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/206 <p>First edition, first impression<br />ISBN 1 86888 199 7</p> <p>When missionaries set out to Christianise South Africa, they did not foresee that their efforts would be subject to the 'law of unintended consequences'. Among those consequences was the way their converts seized the ideology and institutions of Christianity and used them to undermine whit racial dominance in both church and state. David Thomas, in relating this saga, traces how missions and churches that became active in South Africa had to construct new theories and practices relating to race relations. While much has been written about the errors of apartheid, which sprang from the segregationist ideology, his work brings to light new material on the liberal racial ideology of those churches and missions associated with the worldwide ecumenical movement.</p> <p>The paradox was that the segregationist ideology of the so-called Afrikaans-speaking churches was much closer to thinking in the international missionary and ecumenical movements than was the liberal, integrationist ideology of the 'Ecumenical Bloc'. In a grand and final unintended consequence, black Christians swept away both ideologies and moved to the forefront to establish the 'new South Africa'.</p> <p>As the first writer of the news service of the South African Council of Churches, David Thomas was a first-hand observer of the struggles between the apartheid and liberal or assimilationist blocs of churches in 1970s. He documented one of the first histories of the South African Council of Churches, Councils in the Ecumenical Bloc, 1904-1975. In his lively, readable but scholarly work, Christ Divided: Liberalism, Ecumenism and Race in South Africa, Thomas has broadened the chronology and coverage of the development that he recounts.</p> David Thomas Copyright (c) 2002 Unisa Press 2002-12-30 2002-12-30 A New Language of Risk https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/16 <div id="iframeContent" dir="auto">Risk is woven into the very fabric of life, and although risk can never be completely mastered, it can be managed. Owing to its multifaceted nature, however, risk management as a discipline is somewhat fragmented. This title offers a solution to the problem of fragmentation in the application of risk management. A new model of risk is proposed, as well as a new working methodology for the implementation of an enterprise-wide approach to risk management. In Part Two, a model of risk is developed that is valid for all schools of risk management - pure risk, financial risk, corporate governance and risk-taking. The model of risk is built on 13 precepts, and each of these precepts is mandatory for risk to manifest itself. The model has been successfully tested using empirical research to understand whether the new model of risk can consistently explain the inherent dynamics of risk within scenarios representative of the four main schools of risk management. The tests concluded that the new model of risk is a valid representation of all kinds of risk. The new model also gives the 'enterprise-wide risk management' movement a theoretical and pragmatic basis from which to develop.</div> <div dir="auto"> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> </div> Steven Briers Copyright (c) 2002 Unisa Press 2002-02-20 2002-02-20 Crime and crime prevention on public transport https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/219 <p>394 pp</p> <p><strong>ISBN</strong>1-86888-189-X</p> <p>This is a well-constructed and academically sound research report probing the holistic scope of crime-related phenomena pertaining to the public transport industry and modes it represents in South Africa. The basic research findings are therefore significant to a broad variety of stakeholders and users of the public transport industry in general. From a development and tuitional point of view the report may serve as additional study material to final year social science students, especially in the fields of criminology, sociology and criminal justice studies as well as police management, traffic safety services and security management. The report is especially useful to university students whose development are facilitated in terms of the investigation and analyses of social problems —specifically as an example of how a social problem can be researched and possible outcomes ascertained.</p> <p> </p> <p> </p> <p> </p> Oliver Page Prudence Moeketsi Willem Schurink Leseli Molefe David Bruce Copyright (c) 2001 Unisa Press 2001-12-31 2001-12-31 Culture in retrospect https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/215 <p><strong>ISBN:</strong> 1-86888-166-0</p> <p><em>Culture in Retrospect: Essays in Honour of E.D. Prinsloo </em>brings together a collection of essays that pay tribute to Professor E.D. Prinsloo’s legacy as a philosopher and interdisciplinary scholar. Various prominent scholars and authors from a range of subject fields have contributed to this volume. </p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p><strong>Preface </strong>(vii)</p> <p><strong>SECTION 1</strong>: <strong>Hermeneutics of culture </strong></p> <p>African identity and the matter of universals</p> <p><em>J Margolis</em> 1</p> <p>Dialectics and logicality</p> <p>Between cultural diversity and ontical universality</p> <p><em>D.F.M Strauss</em><strong><em> </em></strong> 21</p> <p>Kultuur, kulture, kultuurgoedere</p> <p><em>A.M.T. Meyer</em><strong><em> </em></strong> 31</p> <p><strong>SECTION 2: Culture and rationality </strong></p> <p>Philosophike martyria. Aristotle, Gadamer and the relevance</p> <p>of practical-ethical knowledge in a multicultural society</p> <p><em style="font-size: 0.875rem;">P.Duvenage </em> 46</p> <p>Uncovering rationality: Variations on a theme by Janz,</p> <p>Trompf, Amato, Masolo, Serequeberhan and Outlaw</p> <p><em>P.H. Coetzee</em> 62</p> <p>The re-vision of Western rationality and African philosophy</p> <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;"><em>P. Higgs </em>116</span></p> <p><strong>SECTION 3: Culture, knowledge and science </strong></p> <p>The inadequacy of the Turing test to detect thought in computers</p> <p><em>W Kistner</em> 134</p> <p>The smell of fried onions and other stories: A case study in a narrative</p> <p>understanding of multicultural competence</p> <p><em>WJ Jordaan</em> 146</p> <p>Knowledge and belief: The agent-oriented view</p> <p><em>J Heidema &amp; W Labuschagne</em> 194</p> <p>Is an African science possible?</p> <p><em>A.J Antonites</em> 215</p> <p><strong>SECTION 4: Culture and politics </strong></p> <p>Relativism and rationalism in science and politics</p> <p><em>M Faure</em> 246</p> <p>Ethnicity in nation states: a perspective on South Africa</p> <p><em>F C. de Bee</em>r 268</p> <p><strong>SECTION 5: Cultural products </strong></p> <p>What is African about African art and thought?</p> <p><em style="font-size: 0.875rem;">JR. Wilkinson </em><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">291</span></p> <p>Moderniteit, historiese bewussyn en kultuurbewaring</p> <p><em>M Schoeman </em> 310</p> <p><strong>SECTION 6: Culture and life </strong></p> <p>Sangomas, witches, the problem of belief and African justice</p> <p><em>J Hund</em> 319</p> <p>Hobbes and existential meaning</p> <p><em>M Macnamara &amp; Z. Postma-de Beer </em>344</p> <p>Ubuntu and the concept of the family of man</p> <p><em>J Broodryk </em> 366</p> <p><strong>Appendix: Publications by Prof E.D. Prinsloo</strong> 374</p> <p> </p> A.P.J. Roux P.H. Coetzee J Margolis D.F.M. Strauss A.M.T. Meyer P Duvenage P.H. Coetzee P Higgs W Kistner W.J. Jordaan J Heidema W Labuschagne A.J. Antonites M Faure F.C. de Beer J Wilkinson M Schoeman J Hund M Macnamara Z Postma-de Beer J Broodryk Copyright (c) 2001 Unisa Press 2001-06-30 2001-06-30 From Jesus Christ To Christianity https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/43 <p>Where and when did Christianity begin? What role did Jesus of Nazareth play in the origins of Christianity? Where does early Christian literature fit into this? The popular picture of Christian origins seems to dictate obvious answers to these seemingly elementary questions. Historical reflection and scholarship during the past two centuries have convincingly demonstrated that all is not so simple. Christianity might be a religion of the Book. It might also be a religion of a person. Viewed historically, however, the link between Jesus Christ and Christianity is not as secure as might seem at first glance. Early Christian literature, too, does not provide immediate access to the origins of Christianity or the person of Jesus Christ. Rather, early Christian discourse presents an astonishing variety of religious imaginings of social formation and world making, in the course of which Christian culture and images of Jesus Christ were constructed in dialogue with social and cultural contexts.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Gerhard A Van den Heever Copyright (c) 2001 Unisa Press 2001-02-28 2001-02-28 Women, society and constraints https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/241 <p>ISBN 1868881490</p> <p>This book explores the impact of patriarchy on women in past and present societies, and it specifically addresses the tenacity of patriarchal systems of thinking and behaviour. While paying close attention to cultural diversity among women, it aims at stressing the usefulness of tracing common patterns. The reader will perhaps be surprised to discover that there are many similarities between the way in which women are represented in the accounts of ancient historians and the stereotypical perceptions of women in the modem world of advertising. Each in their own way, the authors expose and attack a long history of stereotyping of women, from the ancient world through to contemporary South Africa. The distant perspective enables us to recognize the artificiality of such male constructions in a detached and fruitful way. The chapters in this book show in clear outlines that it does matter who is writing the histories and that an awareness of male-centred views of history (in books or in the schools) is of essential importance in formulating a correct understanding of the past. The positive message is that women can develop strategies of resistance. This can range from the rewriting of (male authored) dramatic scripts to songs of protest which are owned by the entire female community rather than by a particular individual. This volume covers a wide spectrum of topics, including women in pagan and Christian Antiquity, the representation of women in literature and in advertising, the economic role of black women in rural South Africa, religious 'piety books' written by women enjoining submissiveness to male authority, the role of women in labour unions and in hospitals, and how women are achieving self-upliftment in the face of numerous obstacles. The diversity of topics provides eloquent testimony to what women's studies have to offer for the restrategising of gender roles in the new South Africa.</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p><strong>Introduction</strong></p> <p>Gender studies and transformation – J Malherbe 1</p> <p><strong>CONTESTING THE ANCIENT VOICES</strong></p> <p>Introduction – M Kleijwegt…...15</p> <p>Whores and heroines: the portrayal of women in Graeco – Roman histories R J Evans…...18</p> <p> The constraints of Roman Marriage and divorce – M Kleijwegt…... 41</p> <p>Mother right vs. patriarchy – G Weinberg………60</p> <p>Reaction to patriarchal codes among emaSwati – S Dlamini……72</p> <p><strong>WOMEN AT WORK</strong></p> <p>Introduction – J Malherbe……87</p> <p>Patriarchal constraints on trade union women – S Benjamin……92</p> <p>Hospitals, paternalism and health care in south Africa- V Ehlers……104</p> <p>Patriarchal practices and their effects in black societies, and the role of women teachers in empowering illiterate women P Mabunda and M Lephalala……120</p> <p>Survival strategies of rural women – M Rulumeni-Ntlombeni……132</p> <p><strong>CHURCH AND GENDER</strong></p> <p>Introduction - M Kleijwegt……143</p> <p>Women leaders in the early Church – H Cairns ……145</p> <p>Charlotte Manye Maxeke: Agent for change – J Millard ……167</p> <p>Women using culture against women – C Landman……177</p> <p><strong>FEMINIST FICTION AND FEMININE FICTIONS</strong></p> <p>Introduction – J Malherbe……193</p> <p>Gender coding in the narratives of Maria de Zayas – Y Gamboa……197</p> <p>Residencial “herstory” as emergent culture – T Ntshinga……210</p> <p>Gender roles and advertising – A du Preez……227</p> <p>The good girl syndrome – M Machet……239</p> <p> </p> Jeanette Malherbe Marc Kleijwegt Elize Koen Copyright (c) 2000 Unisa Press 2000-12-30 2000-12-30 The New Great Trek https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/232 <p>ISBN 1-86888-144-x</p> <p>PREFACE</p> <p>The title of this book is partially derived from a formative event which shaped South African history during the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, the Great Trek. In response to conditions that were regarded as unbearable, thousands of disaffected early-Afrikaners in the Eastern Cape moved to territories to the north and in the process overcame considerable obstacles in the form of a hostile colonial government, wild animals, disease, virtually impenetrable mountain ranges and antagonistic indigenous tribes. Today, a century and a half later, emigrants participating in the New Great Trek might want to argue that they too are trying to escape from obstacles very similar to those faced by their forbears, albeit in different guises. The title is also an adaptation of the title of the autobiography of the last white South African president, F W de Klerk: <em>The last trek </em>- <em>A new beginning.· </em>In his book De Klerk suggested that the transition to democracy in 1994 represented the final trek by Afrikaners and whites away from apartheid to an inclusive democracy. Sadly, however, for the tens of thousands of mainly white South Africans it signalled merely the beginning of yet another trek, and for the many who had left South Africa after 1994 the only 'New Beginning' would be on the shores of Australia, New Zealand, Canada, Britain the USA and elsewhere. This book is not a guide on how to emigrate but follows a holistic discussion and analysis of the major aspects of South African emigration, particularly in so far as no book on this topic has yet been published. The idea behind the book was to take the concept of migration and the flow of people across borders and continents, which is a fundamental part of human history and society today and apply it to South Africa. The reasons that people move around the world are universal and can be summarised broadly as the search for better material conditions and the avoidance of physical danger. The thousands of South Africans participating in the current emigration wave are no different, and their motivation for leaving is founded on the desire to escape from violent crime and to ensure that their quality of life and living standards are not affected by rapidly changing socioeconomic and political conditions. The author has attempted to discuss these conditions as objectively as possible and to steer away from overly negative or politically subjective views. However, the scourge of violent crime, even when viewed objectively, is South Africa's Achilles' heel - and the author has attempted to expose it in no uncertain terms - not only is crime the principal reason that South Africans are emigrating, but it is damaging the country and destroying lives in a similar fashion to 46 years of apartheid - from this perspective the <em>New Great Trek </em>is a discussion of emigration with reference to its main cause, violent crime.</p> <p><strong>-</strong><em> the author</em></p> <p><strong>CONTENTS</strong></p> <p>Preface vii</p> <p>Introduction ix</p> <p>1 Historical origins 1</p> <p>1 .1 A comparative view 3</p> <p>1 .2 African experiences 4</p> <p>1.3 South Africa: emigrants, immigrants and migrants 9</p> <p> A country founded by immigrants 9</p> <p> The Xhosa migration from Eastern to Western Cape 12</p> <p> 'The Grape Trek': migration from north to south 12</p> <p> The rightwing alternative: wagons rumbling to Orania 15</p> <p> Pseudo emigration 17</p> <p> The incoming flood: immigrants, illegal aliens and the 'returnees' 20</p> <p>2 The scope of South Africa's exodus 26</p> <p>2.1 Official statistics vs the actual numbers: the 2:1 and 3: 1 ratios 26</p> <p>2.2 How many people have left so far? 29</p> <p> The net loss/gain 31</p> <p> The mystery of the missing white million 33</p> <p>2.3 How many people potentially might leave? 34</p> <p>2.4 Who is leaving? 36</p> <p> The professionals: a brain drain 36</p> <p> Afrikaners 37</p> <p> English-speaking South Africans39</p> <p> Jewish emigration 41</p> <p> Well-known personalities who have left South Africa in recent years 42</p> <p> Corporate emigration: chicken-run or global reality?47</p> <p>2.5 Where are they heading?50</p> <p>3 The logistics of emigration 53</p> <p>3.1 How difficult is it to emigrate? 53</p> <p> Psychological and emotional aspects 54</p> <p> Financial aspects 58</p> <p> Rules and regulations 60</p> <p> Entry requirements of selected countries 62</p> <p>3.2 The emigration consulting industry 68</p> <p>4 Why do people leave South Africa? 72</p> <p>4.1 Crime: 'The civil war that never happened' 73</p> <p> The killing fields of South Africa 74</p> <p> The nature of violent crime in South Africa 76</p> <p> The perceptions and reality of crime 87</p> <p> The financial implications of crime 91</p> <p> The psychological effects of crime 92</p> <p> The responses to crime 95</p> <p>4.2 Concerns over the economy 97</p> <p>4.3 Falling standards and Aids 102</p> <p>4.4 Mbeki's 'two nations': the 're-racialisation' of South Africa 108</p> <p>4.5 The global village 113</p> <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">5.The emigration debate 115</span></p> <p>5.1 The impact of emigration on South Africa 116</p> <p>5.2 The emotional campaign against emigration 123</p> <p> An appeal to patriotism: 'Real South Africans won't emigrate' 124</p> <p> Condemnation: 'Emigrants are racist' 127</p> <p> Objections by Afrikaner nationalists and the DRC 129</p> <p>5.3 The contrary view: 'Real South Africans are free to emigrate' 131</p> <p> 'Blame the government' 131</p> <p> A basic human right protected by the Constitution 134</p> <p> 'Our ancestors were also emigrants' 135</p> <p>6 South Africans abroad: the diaspora 137</p> <p> Australia 141</p> <p> New Zealand 147</p> <p> Canada 152</p> <p> USA 157</p> <p> Britain 159</p> <p> Elsewhere163</p> <p>7 Conclusion 167</p> <p> Endnotes 170</p> <p> Bibliography 183</p> Johann Van Rooyen Copyright (c) 2000 Unisa Press 2000-06-30 2000-06-30 African Mosaic https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/194 <p>440 pp</p> <p>ISBN -10: 1868881385</p> <p>ISBN-13: 9781868881383</p> <p>African Mosaic is a collection of 22 scholarly contributions on African languages. The topical contributions vary from glimpses into the richness of orality, some sound systems of the languages, their structure and finally the domain where all these play a role and have particular relevance - society itself</p> <p>The book honors Prof JA Louw’s contributions to the field of linguistics. It covers various topics, including language change, heritage preservation, and naming in African cultures.</p> <p><strong>CONTENTS</strong></p> <p>PREFACE</p> <p>Finlayson, R: <strong>(Unisa) </strong><strong>xvii)</strong></p> <p><strong>ORALITY</strong></p> <p><strong>Makgamatha, P.M: </strong><strong>(University of the North)</strong></p> <p>Narration as art in the Northern Sotho narrative: from oral to Written </p> <p><strong>Fortune, G: </strong><strong>(Wales, UK)</strong></p> <p>A.C. Hodza, creative interpreter of Shona traditional poetry: a personal tribute </p> <p><strong>Swanepoel, C.F.: </strong><strong>(Unisa)</strong></p> <p>The film <strong>Wend kuuni </strong>(by Gaston Kabon’. :) and the oral legacy </p> <p><strong> </strong></p> <p><strong>SOUND</strong></p> <p><strong>Traill, A.: </strong><strong>(University</strong><strong> of the Witwatersrand)</strong></p> <p>Foundations in Khoisan studies: a survey of a selection of papers</p> <p>from <strong>Bantu Studies </strong>and <strong>African Studies, </strong>1921-1967 </p> <p><strong>Maddieson, I., Ladefoged, P. &amp; Sands, B.: </strong><strong>(UCLA, USA)</strong></p> <p>Clicks in East African languages </p> <p><strong>Snyman, J.W.: </strong><strong>(Unisa)</strong></p> <p>The phonetic description of the zul 'hoasi clicks: a confusion of</p> <p>sounds? </p> <p><strong>Odden, D.: </strong><strong>(Ohio State University, USA)</strong></p> <p>Kikerewe minimality </p> <p><strong>Haacke, W.: </strong><strong>(University of Namibia)</strong></p> <p>Phonological gleanings from the dialects of Khoekhoegowab</p> <p>(Nama/Damara): towards internal reconstruction </p> <p><strong>Roux, J.C.: </strong><strong>(University of Stellenbosch) </strong><strong>&amp; </strong><strong>Jones, C.J.J. (Unisa)</strong></p> <p>Queclaratives in Xhosa </p> <p><strong>Mathangwane, Joyce T. &amp; Hyman, L.M.: </strong><strong>(University of California,</strong></p> <p><strong>Berkeley, USA)</strong></p> <p>Meeussen's Rule at the phrase level in Kalanga </p> <p><strong>SOCIETY</strong></p> <p><strong>Knappert, J.: </strong><strong>(London, UK)</strong></p> <p>Loanwords in African languages </p> <p><strong>Davey, A.S.: </strong><strong>(University of Natal, Pietermaritzhurg)</strong></p> <p>Towards an explanation of socio-cultural and behavioral differences</p> <p>which hinder communication between Zulu and English speakers </p> <p><strong>Slabbert, S.: </strong><strong>(University of the Witwatersrand) </strong><strong>&amp;</strong> <strong>Finlayson, R.: </strong><strong>(Unisa)</strong></p> <p>The future of the standard African languages in the multilingual</p> <p>South African classroom </p> <p><strong>Boeyens, J.C.A.: </strong><strong>(Unisa) </strong><strong>&amp; Cole, D.T.</strong></p> <p>Kaditshwene: what's in a name? </p> <p><strong>Louwrens, L.J.: </strong><strong>(Unisa)</strong></p> <p>An ethnobiological investigation into Northern Sotho plant names </p> <p><strong>Ntuli, D.B.: </strong><strong>(Unisa)</strong></p> <p>Bus naming as a communication strategy - a Swaziland experience </p> <p><strong>STRUCTURE</strong></p> <p><strong>Coupez, A.: </strong><strong>(Belgium)</strong></p> <p>Inversion diachronique en Rwanda (Bantou 161) </p> <p><strong>Bosch, S.E.: </strong><strong>(Unisa)</strong></p> <p>The reflexive prefix in Zulu - a typological perspective </p> <p><strong>Dembetembe, N.C.: </strong><strong>(Unisa)</strong></p> <p>The classification of proper nouns in Shona: problems and possible</p> <p>solutions </p> <p><strong>Nkabinde, A.C.: </strong><strong>(Kwazulu-Natal)</strong></p> <p>Some features of Zulu nouns </p> <p><strong>Sengani, T.M.: (Unisa</strong><strong>)</strong></p> <p>Another pronominalization - some views against Wilkes's deletion hypothesis </p> <p><strong>Myers-Scotton, </strong>C.: <strong>(Columbia, USA) </strong>&amp; <strong>Jake, J.L.:</strong> <strong>(Midlands Technical College, USA)</strong></p> <p>Chichewa/English codeswitching: the "do" verb construction </p> Rosalie Finlayson G Fortune CF Swanepoel A Traill I Maddieson P Ladefoged B Sands JW Snyman D Odden W Haacke JC Roux CJJ Jones JT Mathangwane LM Hyman J Knappert AS Davey S Slabbert R Finlayson JCA Boeyens DT Cole LJ Louwrens DB Ntuli A Coupez SE Bosch NC Dembetembe AC Nkabinde TM Sengani C Myers- Scotton JL Jake PM Makgamatha Copyright (c) 1999 Unisa Press 1999-06-30 1999-06-30 Listen to Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/55 <p>Standing at the crossroads of two civilisations, Leopold Sedar Senghor views Africa today as unstable and deeply vulnerable, the whole continent in danger of losing its soul, its culture, while Western ideologies expand in a predatory manner, involviong the suppresion of alternative identities. <br>The contemporary world, driven by the Power of Science and Economics, which disregard Man's specific spiritual dimension, has become a cauldron of senseless violence. Faced with this formidable challenge, Senghor calls out with the utmost urgency to all men, in both Africa and the West: Heed the Ancestral Voice of Africa!<br>These timeless voices reflect fundamental ethics, emphasize the Life force and focus primarily on being. IN this traditional African view, man is called upon to develop and experience fully his intellectual, spiritual and sensual nature, in a quest of harmony with mankind, the cosmos and God.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Josiane Nespoules-Neuville Pierre De Fontnouvelle Copyright (c) 1999-06-17 1999-06-17 African Earthkeepers Volume 2 https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/181 <p>© I 999 University of South Africa<br />First edition, first impression<br />ISBN I 86888 135 0</p> <p>SERIES: AFRICAN INITIATIVES IN CHRISTIAN MISSION</p> <p>Mission churches and the African Initiated Churches (AICs) are the two primary ecclesial contexts in which Christianity has spread in Africa. Mission churches are those that have evolved directly from the outreach of Western denominations, and AICs are churches begun by Africans in Africa primarily for Africans. It is increasingly evident that in terms of growth rates, indigenised evangelisation, missionary campaigns, and ecclesiastical contextualisation that AICs can no longer be regarded as peripheral but belong to the mainstream of African Christianity. Few in-depth studies, however, have been undertaken which throw light on the indigenous mission dimension. In this publication the author presents the reader with an amazing picture of how AICs in Zimbabwe have responded to the environmental devastation that had taken place in their country following the War of Independence. The Christian wing of ZIRRCON (Zimbabwean Institute of Religious Research and Ecological Conservation) is examined in this volume. Initiated by the author, tree-planting eucharists became an intrinsic part of earth-healing rituals in which communicants confess their sins against the earth. Readers will be drawn to the detailed descriptions of 'earth healing' (<em>maporesanyika)</em> ceremonies held by the earthkeeping churches. Working in tandem with traditional chiefs and spirit mediums (whose work is described in volume 1). millions of AIC members led by their bishops belong to the Association of African Earth keeping Churches, based in Masvingo Province, Zimbabwe.</p> <p>In the final section of the book, the author places the enacted theologies of the African earthkeepers within the international framework of Eco-theology.</p> Marthinus L Daneel Copyright (c) 1999 Unisa Press 1999-01-30 1999-01-30 Bringing up parents and children https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/195 <p>First edition, first impression</p> <p>ISBN I 86888 064 8</p> <p>EFFECTIVE PARENTING demands knowledge, understanding and skill. Being a family is an ongoing human relations and development exercise for both parent and child. Certain skills are valuable tools for this: good communication, thoughtful decision-making and coping constructively with conflict or stress. But most of all, parenthood is a matter of the heart: of love, concern, kindness, compassion and patience stretched to its limits. It is a lifelong involvement and of crucial importance in the child’s formative years.</p> <p>BRINGING UP PARENTS AND CHILDREN addresses these issues. The author, Prof Lily Gerdes, is well known for her work in the field of developmental psychology. This book is meant for the well-intentioned and thinking parent, and others interested in and involved with the development of children and themselves.</p> Lily Gerdes Copyright (c) 1998 Unisa Press 1998-12-31 1998-12-31 Catholic thought since the alignment https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/201 <p>First edition, first impression<br />ISBN 186888029</p> <p>Constraints of length in this survey have obliged me to be selective. The bibliographies offered will enable students to fill gaps - and I have included books and articles in languages other than English for advanced students into whose hands this book may fall. The same need for conciseness has encouraged me to pass some swiftly enunciated judgements, which may assist the student to gain a handle on the topics, whether he or she agrees eventually with my assessment or not. Apart from its intrinsic interest, the theological history of Catholicism in the last two hundred years is essential reading for anyone who wishes to gain an understanding of the present state of the Catholic Church - most of all for anyone who would care to offer it informed counsel with the benefit of a historical (and not merely contemporary) feeling for its identity and the Juste milieu of the tendencies of its schools. I am grateful to Professor Gerald Pillay, formerly of the University of South Africa, for suggesting that I write this work, and to the Liturgical Press, Collegeville, and T and T Clark, of Edinburgh, for permission to include some short extracts from earlier material published through their kindness.</p> <p> </p> Aidan Nichols Copyright (c) 1998 Unisa Press 1998-12-31 1998-12-31 God is a Community https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/23 <p>This book&nbsp;offers a new synthesis of the entire spectrum of the Christian faith, showing its inner unity, vibrancy and relevance. As such it is a work of a type that rarely appears these days: a systematic exposition of the Christian faith that goes beyond a mere compilation of the views of others. It achieves this through the consistent use of a key concept: the community that love creates. The work shows how love's power to unite and transform all that it unites can illuminate every aspect of the Christian faith. Moreover, the work deliberately sets out to present Christian beliefs in a way that transcends the traditional divisions of Western Christianity. At the same time, it notes where important differences remain while also pointing out directions in which they can be overcome. Written in an eminently readable style, suitable as a basic text for theological students of all denominations while also being accessible to anyone wishing to explore the depths of the Christian faith.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Brian Gaybba Copyright (c) 1998 Unisa Press 1998-06-30 1998-06-30 The Lemba https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/31 <p>The Lemba people regard themselves as Jews or Israelites who migrated southwards into Yemen and later as traders into Africa. Many of their rituals suggest a Semitic influence or resemblances, embedded in an African culture. In 2010, the book was also translated into Venda, an indigenous language within South Africa, and has been reprinted due to popular local demand. The Lemba people are concentrated largely in the former Venda, Sekhukhuneland and in the southern parts of Zimbabwe. Has the author 'discovered' a 'lost tribe of Israel' who might be able to illuminate concepts of pre-monarchic Israel right on our doorstep? DNA samples, taken from their Buba clan point to a very close relationship between them (the Buba) and those of the cohamin (priesthood) in Israel and all over the world.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> Magdel Le Roux Copyright (c) 1998 Unisa Press 1998-06-30 1998-06-30 African Proverbs Series https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/207 <p>University of South Africa, Pretoria163 pp </p> <p>ISBN 1-86888-021-4</p> <p>Kofi Asare Opoku, formerly Associate Professor of Religion and Ethics at the Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon, Ghana, is currently Visiting Professor at the Department of Religion, Lafayette, College, Easton, Pennsylvania 18042, USA. He is the author of Speak to the Winds: Proverbs from Africa (1975), a vit West African Traditional Religion (\978) and co-author of Healing for, God's World: Remedies from Three Continents (1991).</p> <p>This volume, <em>Akan Proverbs, Hearing and Keeping</em>, includes 589 Akan proverbs, some collected by the author and others selected from the sources listed in the bibliography. They are presented with translations, explanations, illustrations and subject classification in keeping with the style of the African Proverbs Series, which in its initial phase also includes volumes from Uganda, Ghana, Ethiopia and Burkina Faso.</p> <p>The African Proverbs Series is one of several components of the African Proverbs Project, an international research effort steered by Stan Nussbaum (co-ordinator, American), John Mbiti (Kenyan), Joshua Kudadjie (Ghanaian), John Pobee (Ghanaian), Laurent Nare (Burkinabe), Willem Saayman (South African) and Dan Hoffman (American). The aims of the Project are to promote the collection, study and use of African proverbs.</p> <p><strong>CONTENTS</strong></p> <p>Acknowledgements <br />Maps <br />Introduction to the African Proverbs Series <br />Introduction to Volume 2 The Proverbs<br />1 God <br />2 Ancestors <br />3 Human Beings <br />4 The Person (Body Parts) <br />5 Marriage <br />6 The Family (Abusua) <br />7 Mother and Father <br />8 Women and Wives <br />9 Wife (Qyere) <br />10 Children <br />11 Men <br />12 Elders <br />13 The Human Condition <br />14 Death <br />15 Akan Idiomatic Expressions of Death <br />16 Values, Virtues and Vices <br />17 Wisdom and Folly <br />18 Truth and Falsehood <br />19 Feelings <br />20 Trees and Plants <br />21 Animals <br />22. Birds <br />23 Money <br />24 Gold Weights <br />25 Adinkra symbols <br />26 Linguist Staffs <br />Index of Topics and Key Words <br />Alphabetical Index in Akan <br />Bibliography </p> Kofi Asare Opuku John S Mbiti Copyright (c) 1997 Unisa Press 1997-12-31 1997-12-31 African Proverbs Series https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/208 <p><strong>PUBLISHER: </strong>University of South Africa, Pretoria</p> <p>151 pp</p> <p>ISBN 1-86888-020-6</p> <p>Professor AT Dalfovo is Head of the Department of Philosophy at Makerere University, which he joined in 1973. He holds a PhD in philosophy (Makerere, Kampala) and a PhD in sociology (Brunel, London). His interest in Lugbara culture began in 1960 and has never abated. Among his publications: The Foundations of Social Life: fe 74 Ugandan Philosophical Studies, Washington 1992, Lugbara Proverbs, Rome 1990, "Lugbara Personal Names and Their Relation to Religion” and "Lugbara Proverbs and Ethics" in Anthropos.</p> <p>This volume, Lugbara Wisdom, intends to convey the wealth of Lugbara wisdom as enshrined in proverbs. It tries to preserve these "fragments of wisdom’ lest they be scattered and lost in the whirlwind of contemporary changes. Because proverbs mirror the entire existence of a people, those without that experience will find that the short explanations in this book leave many questions unanswered. Such questions remain to prompt a continuous interest in the best of other cultures — their wisdom.</p> <p>The<em> African Proverbs Series</em> is one of several components of the African Proverbs Project, an international research effort steered by Stan Nussbaum (co-ordinator, American), John Mbiti (Kenyan), Joshua Kudadjie (Ghanaian), John Pobee (Ghanaian), Laurent Nare (Burkinabe), Willem Saayman (South African) and Dan Hoffman (American). The aims of the Project are to promote the collection, study and use of African proverbs.</p> <p><strong>CONTENTS</strong></p> <p>Acknowledgements </p> <p>List of Illustrations </p> <p>Maps </p> <p>Introduction to the African Proverbs Series </p> <p>Introduction to Volume 3: Lugbara Wisdom </p> <p>1 The Lugbara </p> <p>2 The Collection of Proverbs </p> <p>3 The Nature of Proverbs </p> <p>4 The Use of Proverbs </p> <p>5 The Wisdom in Proverbs </p> <p>The Proverbs</p> <p>I The Family </p> <p>1 Parents</p> <p>2 Children</p> <p>3 Other Relatives</p> <p>4 Marriage</p> <p>The Community</p> <p>1 The Home</p> <p>2 Togetherness</p> <p>3 Loneliness</p> <p>4 Hospitality</p> <p>Work and Food</p> <p>1 The Need to Work</p> <p>2 The Approach to Work</p> <p>3 Food, The Result of Work</p> <p>Property</p> <p>1 Ownership</p> <p>2 Poverty</p> <p>3 Theft</p> <p>4 Greed</p> <p>V Problems </p> <p>1 Community Problems </p> <p>2 Personal Problems </p> <p>3 Mastering Problems </p> <p>VI The Human Condition </p> <p>1 Personal Characteristics </p> <p>2 Human Emotions </p> <p>3 Life Situations </p> <p>4 Death </p> <p>VII Behaviour </p> <p>1 Commitment </p> <p>2 Discipline </p> <p>3 Misbehaviour </p> <p>VIII Values </p> <p>1 Sincerity </p> <p>2 Prudence </p> <p>3 Restraint </p> <p>4 Pride </p> <p>IX Wisdom </p> <p>1 Being Wise </p> <p>2 The Reasons of Event </p> <p>3 Deceptive Appearance </p> <p>4 Foresight </p> <p>Index of Topics and Key Words </p> <p>Alphabetical Index in Lugbara </p> <p>Short Bibliography </p> <p> </p> <p> </p> Albert T Dalfovo John S Mbiti Copyright (c) 1997 Unisa Press 1997-12-31 1997-12-31 What do you mean by this service? https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/223 <p><strong>ISBN 1 86888 003 6</strong></p> <p><strong>1997</strong></p> <p> Extract from the INTRODUCTION:<br />This book aims not merely to describe what rites Christians performed during the first few centuries of the Church's existence, but also to explain why they did them. What caused them to choose those particular liturgical forms instead of others? What did they understand themselves to be doing in their worship? What effect did that have on the development of Christian doctrine? And how did new doctrinal formulations in turn affect the character of the rites? If readers keep these questions in mind as they go through each chapter, they should have little difficulty in finding the answers in the text. In such a small volume it has not been possible to deal with the subject in great detail. Nevertheless, even though it has been necessary to tell the story in simple terms, the account has tried to<br />remain faithful to the most recent historical scholarship, and nearly all the chapters conclude with some suggestions for further reading. More extensive background to the sources and methods used in the study of early Christian liturgy can also be found in my book The search for the origins of Christian worship (SPCK, London, &amp; Oxford University Press, New York 1992).</p> <p>Contents</p> <p>Abbreviations <strong>vi</strong></p> <p>Introduction <strong>vii</strong></p> <p>Map viii</p> <p>CHRISTIAN INITIATION 1</p> <p>1 Beginnings 3</p> <p>2 Syria and Egypt 10</p> <p>3 Rome and North Africa 18</p> <p>4 The fourth-century synthesis 28</p> <p>5 From adult to infant baptism<strong> </strong>38</p> <p>EUCHARIST 45</p> <p>6 Communion: the sacred meal 47</p> <p>7 Anamnesis and epiclesis: the eucharistic prayer 54</p> <p>8 'The bloodless sacrifice' 62</p> <p>9 Holy food 70</p> <p>10 'Let all mortal flesh keep silence' 77</p> <p>LITURGICAL TIME 83</p> <p>11 Daily prayer 85</p> <p>12 Sunday 91</p> <p>13 Easter and Pentecost 97</p> <p>14 Christmas, Epiphany, and Lent 104</p> <p>15 Saints' days 110</p> <p>INDEX 113</p> Paul F Bradshaw Copyright (c) 1997 Unisa Press 1997-12-31 1997-12-31 Embracing the Baobab Tree https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/246 <p>Publishing Date: 31 December 1997</p> <p>ISBN: 0869819976 </p> <p>AFRICAN PROVERBS SERIES 5</p> <p>A proverb which exists in many African languages' comments pithily that: ‘No single individual can embrace the baobab tree”: in other words, human wisdom is so great that it would be presumptuous and arrogant of a single individual to claim to have mastered it all. Prof Willem Saayman has used this metaphor as his title in Embracing the Baobab Tree: a compilation of papers read at the Interdisciplinary Symposium on the African Proverb in the 2lst Century at the University of South Africa in Pretoria, 1995.</p> <p><br />Thirty-five scholars from |1 African countries attended this event, as well as a few people from America and Europe, and their contributions make very interesting reading. For example, Wolfgang Mieder, one of the top pariemologists in the world today, sketches the context against which our African scholarship functions. Mkuchu emphasises the role of proverbs in inculturation. Some researchers argue that proverbs are linked to a rural pastoral pre-colonial culture. Others refute this, citing the adaptability of proverbs in the context of urbanisation and industrialisation. Are proverbs a means of conserving the status quo? Can they be legitimate agents of change in society? Readers are left to judge for themselves in this scholarly and intriguing book.</p> <p><strong>Contents </strong></p> <p>Introduction - W Saayman 1x <br /><strong>Part I Paremiological, philosophical and methodological considerations</strong> <br />Modern paremiology in retrospect and prospect - W Mieder 3 <br />African proverbs and African philosophy -A Dalfovo 37 <br />A critique of Western definitions of literature: proverbs as <br />literature of the illiterate - 'M Mokitimi 49 <br />Proverbs as a source of African philosophy: methodological <br />consideration - H Kimmerle 58 <br />The ontology, epistemology, and ethics inherent in proverbs: <br />the case of the GikGjG - G Wanjohi 72 <br />Proverbs as contested texts: the construction of a philosophy <br />of history from African proverbs - E Alagoa 84 <br />The dynamics of the African proverb with special reference <br />to the Xhosa proverb-TN Ntshinga 94 <br /><strong>Part II Proverbs and structures and institutions of society</strong> <br />Proverbs as pillars of social structure: a case study of Kaguru <br />proverbs - J Mkuchu 105 <br />Proverbs and philosophy of education in the Mossi culture: <br />some implications - G Sawadogo 115 <br />Grassroot development faciliators and traditional local wisdom: <br />the case of Malawi - M Chindogo 125 <br /><strong>Part III Proverbs and religion</strong> <br />The ethical nature of God in African religion as expressed <br />in African proverbs - JS Mbiti 139 <br />The African proverb: sacred text in praxis - J Penfield 163 <br />Are African proverbs an ambiguous source of wisdom for living? <br />A case study of Ga and Dangme proverbs - J N Kudadjie 177 <br />Proverbs about God and the divinities in the religion of the <br />Akan of Ghana - KA Opoku 193<br /><strong>Part IV Proverbs and women</strong> <br />Women as portrayed in some African proverbs - E Amoah 205 <br />Proverbs: issues of Yoruba femininity from a feminist <br />hermeneutical perspective - B O Olayinka 216 <br /><strong>Part V Proverbs and Christianity</strong> <br />Faith is caught rather than taught: the significance of African <br />proverbs for the inculturation of Christian faith - W van Heerden 229 <br />Traditional proverbs on marriage as a communication bridge <br />between the Christian Gospel and the Bemba of Zambia - PA Bennett 243 <br />The work of evangelisation and the gathering of proverbs - G Cotter 263</p> Willem Saayman EJ Alagoa E Amoah PA Bennett M Chindongo G Cotter A Dalfovo H Kimmerle JN Kudadjie J Mbiti W Mieder J Mkuchu M Mokitimi TN Ntshinga BO Olayinka KA Opoku J Penfield G Sawadogo W van Heerden G Wanjohi Copyright (c) 1997 Unisa Press 1997-12-30 1997-12-30 The Anatomy of Power https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/170 <p>ISBN 1 86888 092 3. xiv &amp; 220 pp. </p> <p>"It is difficult to find a single colonial or post-colonial society in which the hospital doctor, psychiatrist, nurse, public health official, and many other representatives of the socio-medical sciences are not present. It is equally impossible to identify any setting where the population has no knowledge of how to act and react in the ritual of the medical examination by the doctor, inspection by the aid worker, interrogation by the anthropologist, or enumeration by the census officer. "Using Foucault's thinking on the relationship between power and knowledge, the author of this extraordinary book analyses the way in which the body of `"The African" has itself been analysed in Western thought from the Renaissance to the present. </p> <p>Conventional analyses of colonialism view the body and society of the African as having pre-dated European conventions - the regressive practices of colonial occupation are seen as having disfigured a pre-existing known identity. Against this perspective, this book argues that socio-medical technologies were and are the creative underbelly of social control, actively inventing the African body, mind and society itself as objects amenable to analysis and domination. A history of the present, the book marshals an impressive array of documentary records - from the texts of renaissance mythology and natural science in the Classificatory age, to Bantu anatomy and "the African personality" in the twentieth century. As such it not only provides a critical edge to debates around colonialism and African identity, it is also an invaluable new reservoir of source materials for scholars with a passion for knowing the body politic and its anatomy of power.</p> <p><br /><br /></p> Alexander Butchart Copyright (c) 1997 Unisa Press 1997-06-30 1997-06-30 Ceres van gister en eergister https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/204 <p>Eerste uitgawe, tweede druk<br />ISBN 1 86888 033 8</p> <p>Die oorspronklike boek was uitgegee in glans hardeband, met fotos en uit-vou kaart agterin, 221 pp.<em>Ceres van Gister en Eergister</em> bied die leser 'n kykie op 'n verbygegane era, 'n tyd toe mense nog nóú met mekaar saamgeleef het... die tyd van vóór die aardbewing...... Ook vir die oningewydene, die leser wat nog nooit voet in hierdie bekoorlike Wes-Kaapse dorp gesit het nie, word die karakters wat die skrywer in die herinnering roep vlees-en-bloed mense met wie jy graag sou wou kennis maak.Trouens, met die lees sou jy jou dalk kon verbeel dat jy Oom Vaatjie van Wyk op sy donkiewa hoor verbykom, of dalk die geraas van die munisipale stoomlorrie met sy soliede rubberbande of selfs hoe 'n ry werkers neurie: 'Haaibon, siekabon, siekabon', voordat die pikke gelyk vorentoe val.Vir diegene wat soms terughunker na 'n Klein-dorpse bestaan toe die tyd byna stilgestaan het, is hierdie 'n lekkerlees-pretensielose boek.</p> <p> Book description in Afrikaans: Glans hardeband, met fotos en uit-vou kaart agterin, 221 bls</p> Francois Botma Copyright (c) 1997 Unisa Press 1997-06-30 1997-06-30 Travelling the career highway https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/226 <p>First edition, first impression</p> <p>ISBN l 86888 011 7</p> <p>The choice of an appropriate career is one of life's most important events. It will have a far-reaching impact on a person's social, emotional and physical existence. During the career development process a person will make a number of decisions. The most important of this concern the choice of a career path and the educational preparation that has to be made for that career. This decision point occurs in most cases during the last two years at school or soon after leaving school. People still make career changes at later stages of their lives, but the process remains essentially the same. In spite of its importance, the career decision-making process is often treated in an offhand way. There are a number of reasons for this:</p> <ul> <li>Many people are not adequately exposed to the world of work, with the result that when they have to make career decisions, they do so on the basis of inadequate career information. These people may be regarded as being career immature and should be educated in the career decision-making process. If not, they run a serious risk of making incorrect career decisions.</li> </ul> <ul> <li>Many people do not have access to professional career counselling, and this situation is bound to become more serious in the future. Professional career counselling would imply that adequately trained professionals who are able to use sophisticated psychometric tools are available to users, as indicated above.</li> <li>Many people regard a career decision as a one-off event. They believe that individuals are suited only to one occupation and have to be told by outsiders on what these suitable occupations are. They are unaware that a career decision is a process which often results in a compromise between the ideal and reality.</li> </ul> <p><em>Travelling the Career Highway </em>was written as an educational aid to assist career decisionmakers who find themselves in any of the categories mentioned above. Career decision-makers have to use the book under the guidance of trained professionals such as psychologists and teachers, who are required to provide counselling in school settings. The book is aimed primarily at career guidance teachers. Throughout this guide two terms are used which need to be clarified. They are <em>facilitator </em>and <em>traveller. </em>A <em>facilitator </em>is someone who will guide individuals or groups through the career education process as conceptualised in <em>Career Highway. </em>The facilitator should be thoroughly acquainted with the contents of the book and be classifiable in one of the categories mentioned earlier. A <em>traveller </em>is someone who uses <em>Career Highway </em>to become more career educated. It is used under the guidance of a facilitator. Travellers may be educated individually or in groups. Working through the book will expose travellers to a range of options or choices which they can consider at their leisure.</p> <p>The book also stresses that a career decision is not a one-off event, but a series of steps or stages that have to be completed in sequence for the desirable end result to be achieved. Perhaps the main benefit of the book is that travellers are actively involved in the career decision-making process. It is not imposed on them from the outside. The outcome of the process reflects their input, and that is something they are likely to accept and act upon.</p> <p>The book is written in the metaphor of a journey. A journey is an event that all people can identify with. They can understand the steps involved in a journey and what they have to do to reach their destination. The idea of movement from one position to another emphasises the dynamic nature of a career rather than the statism with which it is regarded by many people. The career journey is divided into stages, which stresses the point that making a career decision is not a single event but a process of sequential steps or stages.</p> W A Van Schoor Copyright (c) 1997 Unisa Press 1997-06-30 1997-06-30 Cataloguing and Classification for school media centres https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/200 <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">Second edition, first impression</span></p> <p>ISBN O 86981 911 9</p> <p>School Match is a Columbus, Ohio-based firm in the United States of America which has a computerized database of information on approximately 16 000 public school districts. It was reported in American libraries (September 1987 and June 1988 issues) that School Match had found a definite correlation between good school media centres and high pupil achievement in the USA. A good media centre is expensive, but from the above information it appears to be a good investment. It has also been found that unless all or most of the teachers in a school make use of media in their teaching this investment will be under-utilized. In order to derive the maximum benefit from the media centre, the materials should be properly stored and organized. Part 1 of this book deals with the basic theory<br />of cataloguing and classification on which the storage, organization and retrieval of media and information are based. Part 1 should be read by subject teachers, media teachers and student teachers.</p> <p>Part 2 is a manual and workbook for teachers wanting to learn how to catalogue print and non-print media, and how to classify media according to the Abridged Dewey Decimal Classification and relative index, 12th edition. Answers to the practical exercises are provided.</p> Sandra Olen Copyright (c) 1996 Unisa Press 1996-06-30 1996-06-30 Beyond the He-man Approach https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/239 <p>1996</p> <p>ISBN 0-86981-963-1</p> <p>This document has two focuses: the use of gender-inclusive or gender-neutral language, particularly within university documents, and corporate behaviour at the university which is non-sexist. The basic document was prepared in English and then translated into the other official languages where practical. For instance, documentation within the university up till now has only been in English and Afrikaans and therefore it was not possible to provide African language examples. Furthermore, languages do not all encode reality in the same way so there were not always parallel examples even in English and Afrikaans. The African languages with their gender neutral third person singular do not require the same amount of awareness raising as English, for example, which has 'he' and 'she' but often uses 'he' and 'man' to imply 'people' of either gender. It was therefore decided to translate only those sections of the document that were equally applicable to all university situations.</p> Wendy Martyna Copyright (c) 1996 Unisa Press 1996-06-30 1996-06-30 White but poor https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/240 <p>1996</p> <p>ISBN O 86981 729 9</p> <p>Preface</p> <p>This collection had its origins in the environment of the History Workshop at the University of the Witwatersrand. In the early 1980s social history was being encouraged through the History Workshop. Numerous studies, inspired by the pioneering work of Colin Bundy on African peasants, were beginning to appear. Many of these works made use of oral history and most attempted to bring to life the hidden lives of the African 'underclasses'. In contrast to the vigorous efforts made to uncover the history of the black poor, there was a<br />strange silence hanging over the history of the poor whites. South African history, at least in the liberal and radical traditions, has often<br />been written against a backdrop of intellectual and political opposition to apartheid. The tendency this induced was for writers to focus on the group which laboured under the worst excesses of the South African social order, the dispossessed and exploited blacks. Put bluntly, writers expressed their sympathy for, and political affinity with, the exploited and oppressed members of society via their research. Although things began to change during the second half of the 1980s, few English-speaking writers were inclined, in the climate of ongoing violence and repression, to write empathetically about white Afrikaners, even if historically this group had experienced the deprivations that the development of capitalism entailed. My own research work in the Eastern Transvaal drew me to examine the plight of unproductive, small-scale white farmers in the early twentieth century. Few other people were at that time focusing their research on this class. In 1985, as I became aware of the increase in research activity on poor whites, I began to collect the essays that appear in this collection. None has been published before. My chapter and that of Albert Grundlingh first saw the light as History Workshop conference papers in 1984 and 1987 respectively. John Bottomley gave a version of his chapter as a seminar paper to the African Studies Institute at Wits in 1982 and covered another angle of the subject in his 1987 History Workshop paper. At least three of the other contributions (Clynick, Parnell and Pirie) were affected by the climate of the History Workshop which pervaded Wits University's academic life in the 1980s. Unavoidably this collection suffers from omissions. Regionally, the Cape is under-represented. The absence of a piece on the Western Cape particularly, is regrettable. Although I tried to solicit work on Mozambique, Namibia and<br />Swaziland I was not successful and the comparative insights such work would have provided are thus denied us. I am very aware that the collection lacks a gender perspective. During the gestation period of this book it looked as though I would be able to include a piece on poor white women. but this was not to be. Poor whites in literature, poor white culture and the poor white experience (which could be reconstructed via exhaustive use of oral evidence) are all notable absentees. Despite these limitations, I like to think that collectively these essays offer a multi-dimensional and nuanced view of the poor whites. The production of White but poor was a painfully long process. Some of those who offered chapters were unable to complete their contributions. Others found that the demands of academic life interfered with writing and work was thus often produced haltingly. Many of the contributors were separated from me by vast distances and communication was not always easy and invariably slow. Various publishers held on to the completed manuscript for months before declining to publish. In one case the manuscript disappeared in the post and was never recovered! In preparing this publication I have incurred debts of gratitude to people who have encouraged me and shared their wisdom and level-headedness. Albert Grundlingh was a staunch supporter, and it is true to say that without him, this collection might never have appeared or at least would have appeared much later. Bill Freund never allowed my interest to flag, Mike Morris gave me courage in the initial phases, Vishnu Padayachee helped me to negotiate the middle passage, and Doug Hindson helped me to persevere towards the end. I have to thank the contributors for producing their work and having the patience to wait for the act of publication to be completed. I also owe a debt of gratitude to the Department of Education, Natal University, Durban which assisted in a variety of ways when deadlines were very tight. The concept for the cover of this book was developed with the assistance of Costas Criticos and Alison Gillwald. The artwork was done by Jo Orsmond of the Audio Visual Centre, University of Natal, Durban. I would like to place on record my gratitude to them. The photographs come from the E. G. Malherbe Collection housed at the Killie Campbell Library, University of Natal, Durban. I thank the librarians for their help.<br />Robert Morrell</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p><strong>Preface ........................................................................................... xi</strong></p> <p><strong>Introduction: </strong>The poor whites; a social force and a social problem in South Africa - Bill Freund .......... <strong>xiii</strong></p> <p><strong>Chapter 1: </strong>The poor whites of Middelburg, Transvaal, 1900-1930: resistance, accommodation and class struggle - Robert Morrell ...... 1</p> <p><strong>Chapter </strong><strong>2: </strong>The Orange Free State and the Rebellion of 1914: the influence of industrialisation, poverty and poor whiteism - John</p> <p>Bottomley ........29</p> <p><strong>Chapter </strong>3: 'God het ons arm mense die houtjies gegee': poor white woodcutters in the southern Cape Forest area, c. 1900-1939 -</p> <p>Albert Grundlingh ........ <strong>40</strong></p> <p><strong>Chapter </strong><strong>4: </strong>Time to trek: landless whites and poverty in the northern Natal countryside, 1902-1939 - Verne Harris .............<strong>57</strong></p> <p><strong>Chapter </strong>5: 'Digging a way into the working class': unemployment and consciousness amongst the Afrikaner poor on the Lichtenburg</p> <p>alluvial diggings, 1926-1929 - Tim Clynick .......<strong>75</strong></p> <p><strong>Chapter </strong>6: White railway labour in South Africa, 1873-1924 - Gordon Pirie .......<strong>101</strong></p> <p><strong>Chapter </strong>7: Slums, segregation and poor whites in Johannesburg, 1920-1934 - Susan Parnell .......<strong>115</strong></p> <p><strong>Chapter </strong><strong>8: </strong>Minute substance versus substantial fear: white destitution and the shaping of policy in Rhodesia in the 1890s -</p> <p>Philip Stigger .............. <strong>130</strong></p> <p><strong>Chapter </strong><strong>9: </strong>Education and Southern Rhodesia's poor whites, 1890-1930 - Bob Challiss .......... <strong>151</strong></p> <p><strong>Notes ............ 171</strong></p> <p> </p> Robert Morrell Copyright (c) 1996 Unisa Press 1996-06-30 1996-06-30 The Piety of Afrikaans Women https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/233 <p>ISBN O 86981 853 8</p> <p>From the <em>Foreword</em></p> <p>Feminism did not inspire me to write this book. I wrote it because I am angry. In the feminist interpretation of a text, anger is indeed a sound hermeneutic principle. But my anger is not in service of a theory. I am angry, and I am sad, especially when I look around me and I see Afrikaans women who are socially and politically enslaved by their piety. They are also enslaved by history and especially by history books portraying as the ultimate woman Racheltjie de Beer, who took off her clothes and died in the cold while her young brother <em>warmly </em>survived. I am intrigued by the way self-sacrifice has become synonymous with Afrikaans women while survival has become synonymous with the men. I am intrigued by the way female sacrifice has been focusing exclusively on the smaller circle of the family or in its extreme form only within the boundaries of the nation. And I am intrigued by the type of female piety used to enslave women to this type of ideology. I am, of course, not angry at the women. I identify very strongly with those women whose diaries I have read. In a certain sense, their story is also my story: the story of a woman fervently seeking her God, pleading for religious answers to life's problems and losses. Albeit only a number of diaries have been used for the purposes of this book, I have read all those diaries of Dutch-Afrikaans women that I <em>could </em>find. In every single one of them, from the eighteenth to the twentieth century, in diaries of women who never met, I experienced the same type of piety. It is a piety concealed by submission and guilt, yet there is a strong yearning to be freed from societal chains in order to be near God. This piety involves pleasing men, the nation, as well as a male God, but it is also a piety filled with visions of a loving Jesus taking women into his arms. These women are my foremothers. They lived on border farms in the eighteenth-century Cape Colony; they formed part of the Great Trek; they clung to life in British concentration camps. They searched for religious comfort when their children and their other loved ones died. They had no theological training. Consequently, they believed that they were guilty of causing their own misery and that they could change their fortune by pleasing God. Furthermore, they were regarded by society as Eve and therefore as guilty of the misery of all society. Now that Afrikaans women are beginning to undergo theological training, it is no longer possible to believe this pious but deadly lie. This is my foremothers’ story. Now we are no longer storyless.</p> <p> - <em>Christina Landman</em></p> <p> </p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p>1 Introduction: The male Dutch connection 1</p> <p>2 Catharina Allegonda van Lier (1768-1801): The Eve of our female sin 19</p> <p>3 Hester Venter (b 1750): The woman who loved Jesus 36</p> <p>4 Matilda Smith (1749-1821): Our virgin of grace 48</p> <p>5 Susanna Smit (1799-1863): Guilt fantasies and the Great Trek 60</p> <p>6 Tant Alie of the Transvaal (1866-1908): God's wife in the concentration camp 77</p> <p>7 Johanna Brandt (1876-1964): Visions of the cosmic God 94</p> <p>8 Marie du Toit (1880--1931): The first muted Afrikaans feminist 109</p> <p>The piety of Afrikaans women: A summary 117</p> <p> </p> Christina Landman Copyright (c) 1994 Unisa Press 1994-06-30 1994-06-30 Charistion CPT Naude https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/205 <p>ISBN O 86981 796 5</p> <p> </p> <p>Charl Pierre Theron Naude, member of the SA Akademie vir Wetenkamp en Kuns and Correspondent der Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, was born on 17 August 1912 at Aliwal North as the second son of the late Rev. W.J. Naude. After matriculating at age sixteen he worked in Johannesburg in the civil service while studying part-time at the University of the Witwatersrand where T.J. Haarhoff was his principal mentor. In 1936 he obtained the BA degree with Greek and Latin as his majors, and in the following year the BA Hons degree in Greek and Latin literature. The Transvaal Education Diploma followed in 1939.</p> <p>In 1940 he was awarded a university post-graduate scholarship with a view to furthering his studies overseas, but the war prevented him from availing himself of this grant at the time. While employed as lecturer in the Department of Classics of the University of the Witwatersrand he obtained the MA degree cum laude in 1943, with a dissertation entitled 'The Problem of the Ciris'. In 1946 he could eventually continue his studies at St. John's College of the University of Oxford where the BA Hons degree in Literae Humaniores, with Ancient History and Philosophy as majors, was awarded him in 1948. After returning to South Africa, he resumed his connection with the Department of Classics of his previous Alma Mater, first as lecturer, from 1949 till 1952, and then as senior lecturer, from 1953 till 1956. In the meantime, he continued his academic studies, completing his doctoral examination (doktoraal) at the University of Leiden in 1955 in the subjects Ancient History, Greek and Archaeology.</p> <p>In the following year the degree DLitt et Phil (Leiden) was conferred on him for a thesis entitled 'A<em>mmianus Marcellinus in die lig van die Antieke Geskiedskrywing'</em>, with Professor W. den Boer as promoter. His career as academic teacher in Ancient History and Historiography, however, only commenced in 1959, when he accepted an appointment as senior lecturer in the Department of Classics at the University of South Africa. In acknowledgement of his singular academic merits he was promoted to a professorship in Ancient History and Historiography in 1 963, to the first chair 'historiarum rerum Graecarum et Romanarum' in this country. He held this position until his retirement as professor honorarius at the end of 1977. However, the Department of Classics continued to make use of his wide experience and ready advice in both teaching and research, and even now, in 1992, he is associated with it in various functions. In spite of pioneering countless study guides on the history of the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome as well as ancient historiography, and in spite of the at times overwhelming administrative burden which he had to take upon himself as Head of the Department of Classics and as one of the founders of <em>Acta Classica</em>, the Proceedings of the Classical Association of South Africa*, he still made time for the publications and reviews listed below. All of these, as also the post-graduate research projects which he initiated, testify to his intense and at the same time differentiated interest in the whole field of classical studies. Apart from this, the many students at all levels whom this doyen of ancient history and historiography taught and inspired found him to be somebody who was at no time chary of giving assistance and encouragement. Above all, his colleagues and students past and present will always remember the humanitas and genuine concern which characterized his relations with them.</p> <p><strong>CONTENTS • INHOUD</strong></p> <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">U. Vogel-Weidemann </span><strong>1</strong> <span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">C.P.T. </span>Naudé ob diem natalem octogesimum</p> <p>John Atkinson <strong>5</strong> Troubled Spirits in Persepolis</p> <p>Pedro Barceló <strong>17</strong> Überlegungen zur Herkunft des Ammianus Marcellinus</p> <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">G.Cipolla </span><strong>25</strong> <span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">The Homeric Pandareos - A historical personage?</span></p> <p>Richard J. Evans <strong>29</strong> The Sources of Appian's Bella Civilia for the 80's BC</p> <p>Paul Hasse <strong>39</strong> Die Begin van die Romeinse Wêreldheerskappy by Polybius en Livius</p> <p>Marc Kleijwegt <strong>45</strong> Young Men on the Council of Ostia</p> <p>Gottfried Mader <strong>63</strong> Good Rulers and Bad: Shifting Paradigms in Seneca, De Clementia 1.8.2-7</p> <p>Klaus Rosen<strong> 73</strong> Marc Aurel und die Christliche Apokalyptik im zweiten Jahrhundert (Historia Augusta, Vita Marci 13.6)</p> <p>D.B. Saddington <strong>87</strong> Preparing to Become Roman - The 'Romanization' of Deiotarus in Cicero</p> <p>Jan Scholtemeijer <strong>99</strong> Historia Augusta: The 'Nomen Antoninorum' Theme</p> <p>Hagith Sivan <strong>113</strong> Ammianus' Terminus and the Accession of Theodosius I</p> <p>Adrian Tronson <strong>121</strong> The Plataean Eleutheria and the 'Day of the Vow' in South Africa: A Historical Parallel and the Case for Historical Analogy</p> Ursula Vogel-Weidemann Jan Scholtemeijer Copyright (c) 1993 Unisa Press 1993-12-30 1993-12-30 Living in an AIDS culture https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/247 <p>Publication Date: 31 December 1991</p> <p>ISBN: 0 86981 726 4</p> <p>This book adresses the widespread impact of AIDS, emphasizing that it affects everyone—not just those with high-risk lifestyles. Based on extensive research at the University of South Africa, it aims to inform readers about HIV/AIDS, clarify misconceptions, promote empathy for those affected, and offer practical guidance on prevention, legal concerns, and hygiene. Through open discussion and standardized terminology, the authors encourage informed, responsible action to help curb the spread of the disease and ease its burden.</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p>Foreword vii <br />Introduction ix <br />1. The personal challenge of AIDS <br />Jan de Jongh van Arkel <br />2. AIDS- The modern Trojan horse <br />Alta van Dyk 10 <br />3. AIDS in the workplace: legal aspects <br />Christa van Wyk 30 <br />4. First aid and health hints <br />Margie Beukes 38 <br />5. Living with AIDS <br />Gawie van der Walt &amp; Robert Mckay 44 <br />Glossary 55<strong><br /></strong></p> Jan de Jongh van Arkel Margie Beukes Robert Mckay Gawie van der Walt Alta van Dyk Christa van Wyk Copyright (c) 1991 Unisa Press 1991-12-30 1991-12-30 Christian Mission in South Africa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/217 <p><strong>Pages: </strong>138pp</p> <p><strong>ISBN: </strong>0 86981 697 7</p> <p>This book undertakes a redefinition of mission for our time and our situation in South Africa. The author does this by reviewing the missionary contribution of some black and white pioneers, as well as the missiological impact of important documents such as the Kairos Document. It opens attractive and challenging new avenues towards a vibrant new way of understanding mission. In the process the book evokes new enthusiasm for mission as a matter of life and death for the Christian church in South Africa.</p> <p><strong>CONTENTS</strong></p> <p>Foreword vii</p> <p>Introduction ix</p> <p>1 Mission, politics and the ecumene 1</p> <p>2 Mission and colonialism in South Africa 22</p> <p>3 Three White pioneers 36</p> <p>4 Three Black pioneers 53</p> <p>5 An ecumenical perspective 69</p> <p>6 Some future perspectives 96</p> <p>List of works consulted 123</p> Willem Saayman Copyright (c) 1991 Unisa Press 1991-01-01 1991-01-01 The Cave of Adullam or anchor, a door of hope? https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/243 <p>1990</p> <p>ISBN O 86981 630 6</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p>Preface vii</p> <p>CHAPTER 1</p> <p>The preamble 1</p> <p>CHAPTER 2</p> <p>Towards a theologia evangelica 10</p> <p>CHAPTER 3</p> <p>Towards an ecumenical theology 30</p> <p>CHAPTER 4</p> <p>Towards a new understanding of the Bible 51</p> <p>CHAPTER 5</p> <p>In the storms 63</p> <p>CHAPTER 6</p> <p>Towards a new South Africa 76</p> <p>List of members of faculty (permanent and temporary), 1990 83</p> <p>Works consulted 86</p> <p>Preface</p> <p>I believe that a title should be a condensation of the contents of a book. I have chosen the title 'Cave of Adullam or Achor, a door of hope?' I believe it achieves what I intended it to do. But then it requires some explanation. The two metaphors of the title linked with an 'or' indicate that this is a controversial faculty. On the one hand there are critics who have a very negative opinion of this faculty - some of them derisively refer to it as a cave of Adullam. The cave of Adullam was the place where David assembled a gang, described in I Sam 22:2 as 'all who were in distress or in debt or discontented'. They say that at this faculty can be found all those theologians who are in some kind of moral distress or who have run into some or other creditor or who are dissatisfied with the political policies of government or the doctrinal and/or political decisions of their churches. They are discontented because they have been overlooked by the theological faculties of their own churches, and now they take shelter in this 'open' faculty where they can take all kinds of liberties - doctrinal, political and even moral. When the faculty was started thirty years ago, the founder believed that big changes must and would take place in South Africa - changes that would be as traumatic for many South Africans as was losing the First and Second World Wars for the Germans. He wanted to establish a faculty that would give the Christians in South Africa something to hold on to when the status quo gave way and they experienced disillusionment in the theology which proclaimed the status quo as the will and blessing of the Lord. This brought me to my second metaphor from the Old Testament. Achor is a valley in the mountainous country between Jericho and the Dead Sea. To many Jews it recalled misfortune and perdition. It was there that Achan and his whole family were stoned because they had sinned. And yet, when the liberated people of God returned from Babylon, they were once again refined on their homeward journey by all the tribulations of the desert, and when they crossed the Jordan River they experienced the despised Achor as 'a door of hope' (Hosea 2:15). The title ends with a question mark. When I was asked to write the history of the first thirty years of the Faculty of Theology, I endeavoured to be true to the motto of Spinoza - not to deride, not to lament and not to curse, but to understand. I have tried to give this history within its context. When you have honoured me by reading it, you may decide for yourself: Adullam or Achor? I would like to thank the university authorities for giving me permission to do research in the archives. I am grateful to Mr D P Coetzee who opened many doors for me, and to Mr De Jager and especially Mrs Van Niekerk of the archives, who supplied me with all the assistance I needed. I must mention the help of my colleagues in faculty, who shared their memories, insights and publications with me. Without their aid this task could not have been achieved. I want to convey a word of thanks to Kevin Roy and Joan Millard who did their utmost to rescue something of the English language in the manuscript. And how can I thank Annatjie Smit for transcribing everything I wrote on the wordprocessor? The Institute for Theological Research finalised the manuscript for publication. A special word of thanks to Mrs Nonnie Fouche who was responsible for the final draft for printing.</p> Chris Botha Copyright (c) 1990 Unisa Press 1990-06-30 1990-06-30 Historical Pedagogical Investigation of Infant Education https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/27 <p>For those involved with the education of infants, this book aims to offer enlightening educational truths and guidelines on the history of infant education. The authors trace the history of infant education through the ages and compares the development of and provision for the education of infants in various countries.</p> <p>To order a print copy of this title click on the link below.</p> <p><a href="https://forms.gle/gVeWbkXhGJnEnRc29" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Book order form</a></p> T L Verster Copyright (c) 1989 Unisa Press 1989-06-30 1989-06-30 Caring for patients with AIDS https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/199 <p>ISBN O 86981 572 5</p> <p><br />Aids is one of the most devastating health problems that has ever faced the world. All members of the health and social services professions as well as all citizens have a duty to help contain its spread. The Rectorate of this University assisted the Department of Nursing Science at the University of South Africa to initiate its ongoing contribution to combating Aids, by sponsoring a Symposium on Aids, and by financing the visit of an internationally known keynote speaker from overseas.</p> <p>The Symposium is but the beginning of the work of nurses in the campaign against AIDS. It was designed to alert nurses to their responsibilities. I believe it has done so in great measure. Our role as nurses is a threefold one: education of the public about Aids and its health and social related problems; education of nurses and midwives on how to fulfil their educational and caring roles; providing safe and humane nursing care.</p> Charlotte Searle Copyright (c) 1988 Unisa Press 1988-06-30 1988-06-30 The Right to Life https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/229 <p>ISBN O 86981 569 5</p> <p>Contents</p> <p>Contributors to this volume <strong>vi</strong></p> <p>Preface <strong>vii</strong></p> <p>AP DU TOIT</p> <p>What is life? <strong> 1</strong></p> <p>D I FERREIRA</p> <p>Genetic engineering in life<strong> 21</strong></p> <p>MM QUIGLEY </p> <p>The right to experiment with human life<strong> 36</strong></p> <p>R PRETORIUS</p> <p>The right to live: Legal aspects <strong>70</strong></p> <p>L D HULLEY</p> <p>The right to end life <strong>86</strong></p> <p><strong>Extract from the <em>Preface</em></strong></p> <p>The concept of life has fascinated mankind through the ages. Theories on the origins of the human race, the nature, origin and end of life, whether there is life after death, and how these different aspects interrelate, have been widely discussed over many centuries. In addition to what we learn in the Bible about the views of life of the Jews and early Christians, similar and different ideas about life - all valuable - are found in other religions. Philosophers have grappled with the complexities of the phenomenon and have given many answers to the various questions concerning life. Biologists have come up with the most interesting ideas and theories; so, have medical scientists and many others to whom the concept of life presents tantalising secrets, these different views have given rise to a wide range of bioethical issues, which need to be addressed in terms of our current understanding of life. The emergence of industry and the development of technology have opened up new challenges to humankind and have changed our concept of life. Because of the discovery of the structure of DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid), modern genetic engineering, for example, has enabled scientists to modify genetic material, which has major implications for humankind and its environment. Developments in reproductive technologies, such as in vitro fertilisation, embryo freezing and oocyte donation, have necessitated serious thought by medical scientists, philosophers, ethicists, theologians, jurists and others. These developments are part of our daily experience. At the same time, we are reminded daily of other realities influencing our concept of life and raising questions about the right to life. Malnutrition, poverty, power struggles, oppression, warfare, terrorism, the emergence of new and horrifying diseases such as AIDS, and many other things we experience, influence the way in which we construct reality and how we conceive of life. It is only by considering the challenging complexity of life that we can really start thinking about the right to life. The concern of the organising committee of the twelfth annual seminar of the Institute for Theological Research at Unisa was to offer a forum for those who are interested in the complexities of bioethics from a theological point of view. To this end we invited a number of speakers to prepare papers on a variety of topics about the right to life. To talk meaningfully about bioethics, one has to consider the question 'What is life?'. The answers to this question lead to ideas about the right to life. Being aware of the many possible answers to that question, we decided to invite speakers to tackle the question of the right to life from different angles. This book contains a selection of the papers delivered at the seminar. It addresses a small, but nevertheless important aspect of the problem and clearly indicates the complexity of the right to life and quality of life in our own time.</p> <p>The views expressed are those of the authors of the essays and not necessarily those of the Institute or the University. I am indebted to many individuals who helped me with the preparation of the seminar and the book. The organising committee, consisting of Jansie Kilian, Hilda Steyn, Klippies Kritzinger and Willie Wessels, was responsible for finding a topical issue, appropriate topics and knowledgeable speakers, and for organising the seminar.</p> <p>In this connection it gives me great pleasure to thank Professor J V van der Merwe, Dean of the Medical Faculty of the University of Pretoria, who has made it possible for us to have Dr Quigley of Cleveland, Ohio in the USA as one of our speakers. I am also indebted to the authors of the essays contained in the book and to the referees who had to ensure academic quality. Deep appreciation is extended to Jansie Kilian, Hilda Steyn and Beverley van Reenen for their help-in editing the book, and to those who assisted in proofreading the manuscript: Almarie Blaauw, Adrian Blom and Ernst Horn. The manuscript was typed by Nonnie Fouche. My sincere thanks to all of you, including my secretary, Linda Bedingfield.</p> <p>- <strong><em>W S Vorster</em></strong></p> W S Vorster Copyright (c) 1988 Unisa Press 1988-06-30 1988-06-30 Ours is the frontier https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/191 <p>253 pp</p> <p><strong>ISBN </strong>0 86981 383 8</p> <p>This book looks at the life of G.W Cross, a pastor, founder and president of the Baptist Union of South Africa who made a big difference in South Africa between 1877 and 1920.</p> <p>At first, K.E Cross (the author) wanted to write a family memoir, but after researching old newspapers and archives, He found much more about his impact. Cross wasn’t famous or highly educated, but he played an important role in his community. He didn’t just focus on his church—he also worked to improve education, culture, and social life.</p> <p>He was loved and respected by many people, even outside his denomination. His story shows how everyday people, through kindness and dedication, can shape history in meaningful ways.</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p><strong>PREFACE </strong></p> <p><strong>ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS </strong></p> <p><strong> </strong></p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>1 </strong></p> <p>Beginnings</p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>2</strong></p> <p><strong> </strong>Ireland</p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>3 </strong></p> <p>South African apprenticeship</p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>4 </strong></p> <p>Trooper G. W. Cross of the Albany Rangers</p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>S </strong></p> <p>Grahamstown: Sunshine and shadow</p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>6</strong></p> <p><strong> </strong>Bowden: The country schoolmaster</p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>7</strong></p> <p><strong> </strong>Return to Grahamstown</p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> 8</strong></p> <p>Gathering storm</p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>9</strong></p> <p>Whirlwind </p> <p><strong>CHAPTER </strong><strong>10</strong></p> <p>Interlude: Book lover and literary critic </p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> 11</strong></p> <p>Farewell to Grahamstown </p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>12</strong></p> <p>Pretoria: A time to build </p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>13</strong></p> <p>Pretoria: Frustrations and achievements </p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>14</strong></p> <p>Durban: Valley of the shadow </p> <p><strong>CHAPTER </strong><strong>15</strong></p> <p>Bloemfontein: Up-hill to the end </p> <p><strong>CHAPTER</strong><strong> </strong><strong>16</strong></p> <p>Task accomplished </p> <p><strong>NOTES </strong></p> <p><strong>BIBLIOGRAPHY </strong></p> <p><strong>INDEX </strong></p> <p><strong> </strong></p> K E Cross Copyright (c) 1986 Unisa Press 1986-01-01 1986-01-01 The Cape of Good Hope and foreign contacts 1735-1755 https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/242 <p>1985</p> <p>ISBN O 86981 305 6</p> <p>This is a picture of the Cape of Good Hope in the middle years of its history as a small segment of the Dutch East India Company's vast trading empire. It makes no attempt to tell the whole story of the years 1735-1755 and looks only in passing at such internal events as the expansion of the frontier, clashes between settlers and the indigenous Khoisan, and the emergent economic and social pattern of a colonial society. It sees the Cape rather in what was then regarded as its major role: a welcome port of call for passing ships, providing needed supplies for long and arduous voyages and refreshment and relaxation for seafarers. And in this the emphasis is not upon the Dutch themselves, but upon the foreigners from east and west with whom they came into contact and who gave the township on Table Bay - the future city of Cape Town – a cosmopolitan and international atmosphere it has never lost. The timbers of these wooden ships have long since rotted and the men who sailed in them are no more. But the Cape Sea route remains as important today as it was <em>in</em> the era of the great national trading monopolies which brought the riches of the east to the homes and tables of the west and in turn profoundly influenced the Asian societies with which they came into contact. I am greatly in the debt of archivists and librarians in many lands for their generous assistance in helping me to prepare this picture of the Cape and its shipping in the 18th century. I also take the opportunity of offering my sincere thanks to the University of South Africa for providing me with the leave facilities and travelling expenses which made it possible for me to carry out extensive research in Europe and to the Human Sciences Research Council for financial assistance in completing my study of the relevant South African material. It should be added that the views expressed in these pages are my own and do not reflect those of any sponsoring body. The text requires no special elucidation. The spelling of Christian names has generally been modernized in order to bring a degree of uniformity to the great variety of the period, even among people of the same nationality. Ships, which loom large in these pages, have normally been given the names they bear in the documents of the times: <em>Leijden </em>for <em>Leiden, </em>for example, and<em> Ki¢benhavn </em>for <em>K¢benhavn</em>. The variations in the contemporary spelling of Danmark (Denmark) in the names of ships have been arbitrarily simplified by choosing the not uncommon form "Dannemark" and using it in all cases, as in <em>Kongen af Dannemark, Dronningen af Dannemark </em>and so on. Quotations reflect the idiosyncracies of the writers and the standard of the age. In order to maintain consistency all dates are given in the so-called "New Style" and dates before September 17 52 in such British sources as ships' logs have been adjusted to reflect the Gregorian Calendar which did not come into use in the British world until that time. New Year's Day is taken as I January and not, as in England before 1752, 25 March.</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p><em>List of illustrations............ </em>vii</p> <p><em>Preface............... </em>ix</p> <p><em>Introduction </em>………...1</p> <p>CHAPTER ONE</p> <p>The Danes at the Cape …….14</p> <p>CHAPTER TWO</p> <p>French commerce . . .. 33.</p> <p>CHAPTER THREE</p> <p>The London company: captains, crews and voyages.... 53</p> <p>CHAPTER FOUR</p> <p>British East Indiamen and the Cape......76</p> <p>CHAPTER FIVE</p> <p>The Dutch and foreign contacts, East and West …… 98</p> <p>CHAPTER SIX</p> <p>Cape shipping and the war at sea …… 115</p> <p>Conclusion …… 144</p> <p>List of sources ……149</p> <p>Index to foreign callers, 1735-1755 ……</p> <p>General Index …… 168</p> <p> </p> Maurice Boucher Copyright (c) 1985 Unisa Press 1985-12-30 1985-12-30 Trees, birds and shrubs of Unisa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/225 <p>1984</p> <p>ISBN O 86981 295 5</p> <p>This publication is presented in both English and Afrikaans.</p> <p><br />Muckleneuk Ridge, where Unisa commands a view on Pretoria, is a typical South African landscape with a wide variety of indigenous plant families. In the architectural planning of the campus great care was taken to ensure that the buildings blend harmoniously with the surrounding environment of the Fountains Valley. It was further implemented through landscape planning: the surrounding area has been developed into a botanical garden in which Bourke Garden on the ridge, the Nature Trail, the Water Hole, the Water Garden and the Cycad Garden are not only focal points, but as integral and functional elements of the garden layout add to the Observation and extension of the plant and bird life on the campus. This publication introduces the layman as well as the expert to the trees, shrubs and birds found on Unisa Ridge. In addition to many colour plates, complete alphabetical lists of scientific and common names of plant and bird species referred to, are included.</p> <p>Muckleneukrant, waar Unisa oor Pretoria uitkyk, is 'n tipiese Suid-Afrikaanse landskap met 'n groot verskeidenheid inheemse plantgemeenskappe. Met die argitektoniese beplanning van die kampus is daar ook getrag om noue aansluiting met die onmiddellike omgewing van die Fonteinedal te bewerkstellig. Dit is verder uitgebou deur die landskapbeplanning: die tuin is ontwikkel tot 'n botaniese besienswaardigheid waarin Bourketuin teen die rant, die Wandelpad, die Watergat, die Watertuin en die Broodboomtuin nie alleen fokuspunte is nie, maar as integrerende en funksionele dele van die tuinuitleg bygedra het tot die bewaring en uitbreiding van die plant- en voellewe op die kampus. Hierdie boek is vir sowel die leek as die kenner 'n bekendstelling aan die borne, struike en voels wat by Unisarand aangetref word. Benewens vele kleurplate word volledige alfabetiese registers van wetenskaplike en algemene name van plant- en voelsoorte aangebied.</p> <p> </p> <p> </p> <p> </p> <p> </p> B P Barkhuizen Copyright (c) 1984 Unisa Press 1984-06-30 1984-06-30 Unity and Mission https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/228 <p>ISBN O 86981 313 7</p> <p><strong>Background</strong></p> <p>The Integration of the International Missionary Council (IMC) and the World Council of Churches (WCC) The growth of the ecumenical movement in the twentieth century has been called "the great new fact of our era" (Archbishop W. Temple). The important contribution of mission to the growth of the ecumenical movement is generally acknowledged. Yet the expression of the relationship between unity and mission in the life of the churches and of the ecumenical movement created many problems. This is illustrated, for<br />example, in the search for the right relationship between the IMC and the wee. These two organizations existed side by side for some time, perhaps creating the (superficial) impression that the unity of the Church and its mission could be pursued in (at least) organizational isolation. Yet, that, within the whole ecumenical movement, the IMC stands for mission and the WCC for unity..... From the Edinburgh Conference onwards the IMC has been profoundly concerned about unity. No stronger call for visible reunion has come from any meeting than those which were given by the IMC conferences at Tambaram in 1938 and at Willingen in 1952.... And on the other hand, the World Council of Churches has from the beginning concerned itself deeply with the missionary task - as witness the work of the Second Commission at Amsterdam."1 It is selfevident therefore why the IMC and the WCC from 1948 till 1961 existed "in association with" each other. It is equally clear, though, that this state of affairs could not continue indefinitely. If unity was such a<br />strong concern in the ranks of the IMC, and mission was an equally strong concern in the ranks of the WCC, why should they not be merged<br />into one ecumenical organization, expressing a concern for both unity and mission? Furthermore, such a merger would not only bring organizational benefits, but would give better expression to the intrinsic connectedness of unity and mission in the heart of the Gospel. 2 Against this background, the IMC decided at its meeting at Achimota, Ghana in 1958, to integrate with the WCC, an act which was carried out formally at the Third Assembly of the WCC at New Delhi in 1961. This was indeed an event with immense significance for the world mission of the Church. In the words of Neill, "if the theological significance of this action was realized, this was indeed a revolutionary moment in Church history. More than two hundred Church bodies in all parts of the world, assembled in the persons of their official representatives, had solemnly declared themselves in the presence of God to be responsible as Churches for the evangelization of the whole world. Such an event had never taken place in the history of the Church since Pentecost. "3<br />Goodall comments on the integration in the same vein as follows: "In so far as the World Council of Churches is a symbol and embodiment of the ecumenical movement, it can now be affirmed that in structure, purpose and intention 'mission lies at the heart of the movement.' "4 If these commentators are correct in their assessment of the importance of this event, it seems necessary to study the later history of the ecumenical movement to ascertain whether these expectations about the interrelatedness of the unity and the mission of the Church did indeed materialize. This is one of the motivations for the present study.</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p><br />Preface ix<br />Introduction<br />Notes 6<br />Chapter one:<br />Unity and mission: development of an interrelationship 8<br />I. The encounter between mission and church 9<br />2. The common search for a new interrelationship 13<br />3. Conclusion 18<br />Notes 18<br />Chapter two:<br />Unity and mission in the light of the cosmic kingship of Christ 21<br />I. New Delhi 21<br />2. Mexico City 26<br />3. Evaluation 28<br />4. Conclusion 31<br />Notes 31<br />Chapter three:<br />Unity and mission in the perspective of the unity of mankind 33<br />I. Background 33<br />2. Preliminary developments of the study project 34<br />3. Uppsala 36<br />4. Bangkok 44<br />5. Evaluation 47<br />6. Conclusion 52<br />Notes 52<br />Chapter four:<br />Unity and mission: the voice of Rome 56<br />I. Background 56<br />2. Vatican II 58<br />3. Developments after Vatican II 67<br />(vii)<br />4. Evaluation 70<br />5. Conclusion 72<br />Notes 72<br />Chapter five:<br />Unity and mission: an evangelical alternative? 74<br />1. The Wheaton Congress 74<br />2. The Berlin Congress 78<br />3. Lausanne, 1974 81<br />4. General assessment of the evangelical alternative 85<br />5. Conclusion 86<br />Notes 87<br />Chapter six:<br />Unity and mission in eucharistic perspective: the contribution of the Orthodox<br />churches 90<br />1. Introduction 90<br />2. The Orthodox concept of unity 91<br />3. The Orthodox concept of mission 96<br />4. The interrelationship between unity and mission 99<br />5. Evaluation IOI<br />6. Conclusion 102<br />Notes 102<br />Chapter seven:<br />Unity and mission: the road ahead<br />I. Nairobi - a new direction?<br />2. Guidelines for the future 112<br />3. Conclusion 127<br />Notes 127<br />Bibliography 131</p> W A Saayman Copyright (c) 1984 Unisa Press 1984-06-30 1984-06-30 The Symbolic role of women in Trobriand gardening https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/231 <p>ISBN O 86981 311 0</p> <p>Extract from the <strong>Introduction</strong></p> <p>This study stems from my interest in the fulfilment of the individual in literate as well as non-literate societies. I am especially concerned with women because there is a lack of clarity on the position of women in the anthropological literature, which tends towards minimal documentation and the assumption that the female is generally subordinate to the male. With some exceptions before the seventies it seemed only too true that the study of women was "on a level little higher than the study of the ducks and fowls they commonly own". My hypothesis is that woman's biological nature is a significant factor in her self-realization, provided the culture reinforces it positively; and to evaluate this I examine the position of Trobriand women with particular reference to gardening. Since gardening is the most important activity in Trobriand culture, and the growing of the small yam (<em>taytu</em>) provides the best documented material, it is selected as the focus of the study, with due regard for Malinowski's statements that women's position in this culture is of a high order. I chose the Trobriand Islanders because there was sufficient high quality ethnographic data for a detailed theoretical analysis. I have made an extensive study of published books and articles and other documentary sources such as conference papers and university dissertations and theses. Every obtainable work referring to the Trobriand Islanders has been read, and as many studies as possible of other Oceanian peoples, particularly those of Melanesia. I ordered any seemingly relevant article and book without regard for the language in which it was written or the difficulty of tracing it. This detailed reading was then supplemented by correspondence and personal discussion with scholars familiar with the Trobriand Islanders. The analysis relies primarily on the published works of Bronislaw Malinowski. To a lesser extent I use the research of other anthropologists who have worked in the area. Although most of this research was conducted at least 30 years after that of Malinowski, I consulted every possible source, and wrote to all research workers who could be traced, for evidence that could either provide insights not available from Malinowski's treatises, or reconcile apparent contradictions and supply missing information, bearing in mind the time lag between the various studies and the effect of culture change. I could not obtain works of Guidieri, Haddon, Jansen, Julius, Meintel, Munn, Panoff, Pfund and Weiner. I read Gropper's dissertation but received no reply to a request for permission to cite.</p> <p>I am aware of research conducted in the Trobriands by Professor G G Scoditti and Reverend R Lawton but my attempts to trace relevant publications and establish contact with them through correspondence were unsuccessful. After formula ting the questions in which I was interested I immersed myself in Malinowski's four most comprehensive volumes. Once an initial draft had been written, I began to look for other literature related to the Trobrianders themselves, the customs of surrounding peoples, and even particular culture traits such as coconuts and platforms, in the hope of elucidating their meaning or establishing correlations. Any work that seemed at all related to women, gardening, symbolism, or the interpretation that was emerging, was examined. Most books cited by writers on Oceania were read, and a number of valuable contributions normally overlooked came to light; by this means I gained clarity on horticultural practices and their symbolic associations over a wider area, and these appeared to support the validity of the argument I was advancing. It is inevitable that there will be certain lacunae in the ethnographic material on which a theoretical treatise is based. For instance, more information on fishing-patterns, the role of pigs, and the magic and practical work of cultivating taro would have been helpful. Such omissions will only be referred to when they particularly affect the analysis. My interpretation pertains especially to Northern Kiriwina and the village of Omarakana, this being the area in which Malinowski conducted his most intensive fieldwork. The material will therefore have a bias reflecting a high-ranking village, but cultural patterns will tend to be more clearly defined than in a commoners' village. Although there are various systems of garden magic and techniques of working the fields in the Trobriands, they are essentially similar. The system used in Omarakana, the capital of Kiriwina, is regarded as the gardening paradigm. This analysis will accordingly centre there unless a system from a different area provides greater clarity. With regard to terminology, I have departed from Malinowski's nomenclature in the use of "display" storehouse for "show" storehouse.' Since what Malinowski calls "sub-clan" appears to have characteristics of a clan on the one hand and of a lineage on the other, Malinowski's "sub-clan" has been retained. Malinowski's usage of "chief' is followed although it seems that this could often refer to a village headman.' Where indigenous words are unavoidable, I have retained Malinowski's spelling. Oceanian islands are referred to by the names used in the reference quoted, even though some have since altered. In studying the position of Trobriand women in gardening I do not consider it sufficient merely to consider the physical labour performed by women in the context of the islanders' horticultural activities. I have therefore made a detailed analysis of the symbolism that dominates gardening to ascertain woman's relationship to it, and I have also made a structural analysis of the language of ritual and the terminology of gardening to try to establish how these reflect on woman. Although my primary concern is with the position of women in gardening, I finally correlate this with her position in the culture as a whole by considering certain dominant cultural themes and the interrelation of different aspects of the culture. It should perhaps be made clear that in providing this interpretation of Trobriand symbolic behaviour I do not assume that the people themselves consciously formulate the notions which I propose, nor that the symbolic categories here presented form conscious motivation for their actions. However, I have no doubt that symbols have a profound effect on the actions of the individual, and the use of certain categories and cognitive processes as reflected in symbolic life reinforces behaviour patterns by compelling the mind to apprehend in a certain way. I also believe that if we are to understand social life more fully then we need to address the problem of interpreting the symbolic dimension of action-patterns.</p> <p>Since this is not a fieldwork study but a theoretical analysis of the literature available on Trobriand life, and because of the multivalent qualities of symbols, it is possible that this analysis may be considered too one-dimensional. I hope the argument that it advances will nevertheless enable us to gain a fuller picture of the cognitive life of the Trobriand Islanders and hence develop less simplistic assumptions of the position of women and men in preliterate society.</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p>Acknowledgements vi</p> <p>Introduction 1</p> <p>1 An outline of gardening activities 5</p> <p>2 The symbolism of gardening activities: procreative parallels 17</p> <p>3 Further symbolisms: foetal growth, birth and the child 47</p> <p>4 Symbolism of the distribution of garden produce 62</p> <p>5 The symbolic significance of women in specific cultures 74</p> <p>6 Women and gardening in the context of Trobriand culture 85</p> <p>Appendix: the organization of labour 100</p> <p>Bibliography 106</p> <p>Index 119</p> Marianne Brindley Copyright (c) 1984 Unisa Press 1984-06-30 1984-06-30 What is distinctive about Pentecostal Theology? https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/224 <p>1983</p> <p>ISBN O 86981 578 4 (hard cover)<br />ISBN O 86981 696 9 (soft cover)</p> <p>The aim of the Institute for Theological Research at the University of South Africa (Unisa) is to conduct research related to theology, and to publish these results. A variety of projects is undertaken, some relating to theoretical research while others deal with applied and/or empirical research. The Institute is ecumenical, and academic freedom is a rule of conduct. This explains the variety of research which is undertaken and of the books and articles being published. One of the more recent projects of the Institute is the Pentecostalism and neo-Pentecostalism project launched by the Department of Systematic Theology of Unisa under the leadership of Dr HI Lederle. Although the present book is not the first publication of this project, it is a very significant one. This book contains the results of research on the proprium of Pentecostal Theology. In view of the surge in literature being produced on Pentecostal Theology and the lack of a 'standard' Pentecostal Theology, this book will serve as an introduction and summary to insiders and outsiders as to what is distinctive about Pentecostal Theology. Because of the importance and influence of Pentecostalism and the Charismatic renewal movement in different parts of the world, the need for such a book is evident. The project on Pentecostalism of the Institute is made possible partly by a joint donation from the Pentecostal Churches in South Africa. I hope that this book will serve a positive purpose both inside and outside the Pentecostal churches.</p> <p> </p> Mathew S Clark Copyright (c) 1983 Unisa Press 1983-05-30 1983-05-30 Venda Afrikaans English Improved Trilingual Dictionary https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/222 <p> </p> <p><img style="font-size: 0.875rem;" src="blob:https://unisapress.africa/6fb1b44d-7151-433c-b0ec-16c5ea6866a2" alt="" /></p> <p> </p> <p> </p> P J Wentzel Copyright (c) 1982 Unisa Press 1982-06-30 1982-06-30 The Historian's net https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/251 <p><strong>ISBN O 86981 235 1</strong></p> <p><strong>Inaugural Lecture, University of South Africa</strong></p> <p>The eminent British historian, G.R. Elton, has stated that he does not know what inaugural lectures are for.1 Some historians on these occasions have lectured on their special areas of interest in the past and have managed thus to express implicitly their approach to their subject. The majority of historians - including Professor Elton - have used their inaugural lectures to issue explicit statements of their personal views regarding the theory or practice or present position of their subject. New professors in other disciplines, it seems, are less inclined than historians to venture into theoretical waters on these occasions. I am not sure whether this means that historians are more introspective or that they are actually assailed by greater doubts about their subject than say psychologists, sociologists or lawyers are about theirs, or whether they have taken Pieter Geyl's definition of history as an unending argument,2 into the theoretical sphere as well. The American historian, H.S. Commager, has actually contended that historians argue so much about matters such as: 'What is the nature of history? What is the use of history? What is it that we are about?' that it has become something of a public scandal.3 I doubt if it really has - but if it has, I propose to add to the scandal.</p> S B Spies Copyright (c) 1981 Unisa Press 1981-12-30 1981-12-30 Uitstalling Unisa Versameling / Exhibition Unisa Collection https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/238 <p>Date: Undated</p> <p>This is an art catalogue displaying the Unisa Art Collection, with photos of works purchased and in the collection of the Unisa Art Gallery, attached to the University of South Africa, Pretoria, South Africa. (This is a growing collection, and the current catalogue is much larger).</p> <p>This is Catalogue no 1, it covers 92 pages, and this version was compiled in 1961-1979.</p> <p>The text is in Afrikaans and English.</p> <p>It contains small photos of artworks, and brief captions.</p> Karin Skawran Copyright (c) 1979 Unisa Press 1979-12-30 1979-12-30 The Self-actualising Educand https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/230 <p>1979</p> <p>ISBN O 86981 142 8</p> <p><strong>Preface</strong></p> <p>In pedagogics we study the realities of the educational situation as embodied in the relationship between educator and educand. In EMPIRICAL EDUCATION, also known by other names such as psychopedagogics, educational psychology etc., the participants themselves are studied. As the title of the book indicates, the child as an educand is the sole focus of study - more specifically in his involvement with educational assistance - in self-actualisation. Empirical education studies the actual child as he empirically exists. In dealing with the child's development from his pre-school, primary and secondary school days to his postschool youth period, this process has to be 'frozen' in order to focus on the actual child or group of children. We are studying the developing, learning child. Development and learning cannot be separated, but we do make a distinction. In this book we shall be concentrating on the child, and we shall be looking at typical developmental stages. The phases in the learning process will be distinguished: The phenomenon of a child's wish to learn, and the types of methods of learning will be followed by the other steps in the learning process up to learning success. We shall confine ourselves to essentials, never losing sight of the child. For instance, we shall try never to separate a psychological phenomenon such as 'anxiety' from 'a child experiencing anxiety'. The actual, empirical child remains the focal point, and he is explicitly described, the educator and the educational relationship - all educational events, in fact - are present by implication. All self-actualisation is guided actualisation, and every child is what he is largely because of the educational assistance he either received or lacked. We start with a few important aspects of a theoretical structure for our subject. The first chapter must be thoroughly understood before the rest can be attempted.</p> <p>contents</p> <p>Preface (xi)</p> <p>CHAPTER 1 - THEORETICAL BASIS OF EMPIRICAL EDUCATION 3 </p> <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">1.1 Introduction 3</span></p> <p>1.2 Empirical Education 5</p> <p>1.3 Categories and criteria of Empirical Education 28</p> <p>CHAPTER 2 - INTRODUCTION TO CHILD DEVELOPMENT 53</p> <p>2.1 Theories of child development 53</p> <p>CHAPTER 3 - OBJECTIVES OF BECOMING 59</p> <p>3.1 Introduction 59</p> <p>3.2 World of meaning 60</p> <p>3.3 Adequate self 60</p> <p>3.4 Belonging 61</p> <p>CHAPTER 4 - THE PRE-SCHOOL CHILD 65</p> <p>4.1 Introduction 65</p> <p>4.2 Bases of relationships which the child forms 66</p> <p>4.3 Forming relationships 73</p> <p>4.4 The child's life-world 77</p> <p>4.5 School-readiness as a developmental task 80</p> <p>CHAPTER 5 - THE PRIMARY SCHOOL CHILD 85</p> <p>5.1 Who is the primary school child? 85</p> <p>5.2 What are the developmental tasks of the primary school child? 88</p> <p>5.3 How does the child realise developmental tasks? 92</p> <p>5.4 The life-world of the primary school child J 20</p> <p>CHAPTER 6 -THE LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT OF THE CHILD 125</p> <p>6.1 Introduction 125</p> <p>6.2 Various stages in the child's linguistic development 126</p> <p>6.3 Factors influencing linguistic development 133</p> <p>6.4 Speech defects (a cursory survey) 139</p> <p>6.5 Orientation 145</p> <p>CHAPTER 7 - THE DEVELOPMENT OF THOUGHT 149</p> <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">7.1 Introduction 149</span></p> <p>7 .2 Media of thought 150</p> <p>7 .3 Modes of thought 152</p> <p>7.4 Cognitive development 153</p> <p>7 .5 Conclusion 161</p> <p>CHAPTER 8 -THE SECONDARY SCHOOL CHILD 165</p> <p>8.1 Identification of the secondary school child 165</p> <p>8.2 The adolescent's developmental aims 166</p> <p>8.3 The adolescent's relations to self 167</p> <p>8.4 Relations with peers 169</p> <p>8.5 Relations with parents 173</p> <p>8.6 Relations with ideas 177</p> <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">8.7 Relations with moral and religious values 180</span></p> <p>8.8 Adolescent developmental tasks 184</p> <p>8.9 The adolescent in his life-world 186</p> <p>CHAPTER 9 -THE POST-SCHOOL YOUTH 189</p> <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">9.1 Identification of a youth 189</span></p> <p>9.2 Social relations 191</p> <p>9.3 Relations with self 192</p> <p>9 .4 Relations with parents 193</p> <p>9.5 Heterosexual relations 194</p> <p>9.6 Youth problems 196</p> <p>9.7 Summary 197</p> <p>CHAPTER 10 -THE TEACHER-EDUCATOR 201</p> <p>10.1 Introduction 201</p> <p>10.2 The teacher's relations with himself 202</p> <p>10.3 The teacher in his social relations 203</p> <p>10.4 The teacher's relations with concepts 204</p> <p>I 0.5 The teacher's relations with his pupils as educands 205</p> <p>10.6 The encounter between teacher and pupil 206</p> <p>10.7 The teacher's personality 206</p> <p>10.8 The teacher's knowledge of his pupils 207</p> <p>10.9 The teacher's knowledge of the material 208</p> <p>I0. I0Help form the teacher to the learner 208</p> <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">10.11 Summary 216</span></p> <p>CHAPTER 11 - LEARNING AND THE LEARNING PROCESS 219</p> <p>CHAPTER 12 - THE CHILD WANTS TO LEARN (MOTIVATION) 225</p> <p>12.1 Introduction 225</p> <p>12.2 The individual and his vitality 226</p> <p>12.3 Instincts and impulses as driving forces 226</p> <p>12.4 Volitional intentions 228</p> <p>12.5 Self-maintenance and self-development as motives 228</p> <p>12.6 Obstacles to volitional behaviour 231</p> <p>12.7 Summary 231</p> <p>12.8 Educational factors related to motivation 232</p> <p>12.9 Conclusion 236</p> <p>CHAPTER 13 - TYPES OF LEARNING 239</p> <p>13.1 Introduction 239</p> <p>13.2 Structuring types of learning according to learning actions 239</p> <p>13.3 Classification in accordance with the objective or purpose of learning 240</p> <p>13.4 Classification in accordance with the degree of awareness with which learning takes place 241</p> <p>13.5 Van Parreren's categorisation of types of learning 241</p> <p>13.6 Coetzee's categorisation of types of learning 244</p> <p>13.7 Categorisation of types of learning according to meaning 245</p> <p>13.8 Conclusion 257</p> <p>CHAPTER 14 - SUCCESSFUL LEARNING 261</p> <p>14.1 Introduction 261</p> <p>14.2 Cognitive factors and successful learning 262</p> <p>14.3 The connection between affective factors and successful learning or mastery 266</p> <p>14.4 Teaching factors and successful learning 271</p> <p>14.5 Conclusion 274</p> <p>CHAPTER 15 - CONSOLIDATION 277</p> <p>15.1 Introduction 277</p> <p>15.2 Theoretical approach and assimilation 277</p> <p>15.3 Significance attribution and assimilation 279</p> <p>15.4 The organisation of meaningful concepts 279</p> <p>15.5 Method of consolidation 283</p> <p>15.6 The effect of consolidation 284</p> <p>15.7 Conclusion 285</p> <p>CHAPTER 16 - RETENTION AND THE ACTUALISATION OF LEARNING RESULTS 289</p> <p>16.1 Introduction 289</p> <p>16.2 Ways of actualising 290</p> <p>16.3 Forgetting 296</p> <p>16.4 Conclusion 299</p> <p>CHAPTER 17 - TRANSFER 303</p> <p>17.1 Introduction 303</p> <p>17.2 Transfer and the cognitive structure 303</p> <p>17.3 Directions of transfer 304</p> <p>17.4 Other theories of transfer 306</p> <p>17.5 Conclusion 308</p> <p>CHAPTER 18 - STORAGE OF KNOWLEDGE 313</p> <p>18.1 Introduction 313</p> <p>18.2 The nature of knowledge 314</p> <p>18.3 Where is knowledge stored? 317</p> <p>18.4 Involvement and the storage of knowledge 318</p> <p>18.5 Summary 319</p> <p>Bibliography 321</p> <p>Index 326</p> J D Vrey Copyright (c) 1979 Unisa Press 1979-06-30 1979-06-30 Computer Exercises in French - Rekenaaroefeninge in Frans https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/218 <p class="elementtoproof" style="text-indent: -18.0pt;">T 58 pp.</p> <p class="elementtoproof" style="text-indent: -18.0pt;"> <strong>ISBN:</strong> 0869810995</p> <p>This is a trilingual language exercise book in English, Afrikaans and French.</p> <p class="elementtoproof" style="text-indent: -18.0pt;"><strong> Contents</strong></p> <p><strong>1.</strong><strong>Introduction</strong></p> <p><strong>2.</strong><strong>Instructions for the use of the response</strong><strong> </strong><strong>card</strong></p> <p><strong style="font-size: 0.875rem;">3. Articles</strong></p> <p>3.1 <em>Section 1:</em></p> <p>The definite article</p> <p>3.2 <em>Section 2:</em></p> <p>The preposition a + the definite article</p> <p>3.3 <em>Section 3:</em></p> <p>The preposition de + the definite article</p> <p>3.4 <em>Section 4:</em></p> <p>The partitive</p> <p>3.5 <em>Section 5:</em></p> <p>The definite article and the partitive</p> <p><strong><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">4. Pronouns</span></strong></p> <p>4.1 <em>Section 1:</em></p> <p>Interrogative pronouns</p> <p>4.2 <em>Section 2:</em></p> <p>Interrogative pronouns</p> <p>4.3 <em>Section 3:</em></p> <p>Relative pronouns</p> <p><strong><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">5.Pronouns and Verbs</span></strong></p> <p>5.1 <em>Section 1:</em></p> <p>Possessive pronouns and demonstrative pronouns</p> <p>5.2 <em>Section 2:</em></p> <p>Agreement of the past participle</p> <p>5 .3 <em>Section 3:</em></p> <p>Verbs</p> <p>5.4 <em>Section 4:</em></p> <p>Verbs</p> <p> </p> <p><strong>Inhoud</strong></p> <p><strong>1.Ter inleiding</strong></p> <p><strong><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">2.Instruksies vir die gebruik van die</span><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">responsiekaart</span></strong></p> <p><strong><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">3.Lidwoorde</span></strong></p> <p>3 .1 <em>Afdeling 1 :</em></p> <p>Die bepaalde lidwoord</p> <p>3.2 <em>Afdeling 2:</em></p> <p>Die voorsetsel a + die bepaalde lidwoord</p> <p>3.3 <em>Afdeling 3:</em></p> <p>Die voorsetsel de + die bepaalde lidwoord</p> <p>3 .4 <em>Afdeling 4:</em></p> <p>Die delende lidwoord</p> <p>3 .5 <em>Afdeling 5:</em></p> <p>Die bepaalde lidwoord en die delende lidwoord</p> <p><span style="font-size: 0.875rem;">4. Voornaamwoorde</span></p> <p>4.1 <em>Afdeling 1 :</em></p> <p>Vraende voornaamwoorde</p> <p>4.2 <em>Afdeling 2:</em></p> <p>Vraende voornaamwoorde</p> <p>4.3 <em>Afdeling 3:</em></p> <p>Betreklike voornaamwoorde</p> <p>5. Voornaamwoorde en Werkwoorde</p> <p>5 .1 <em>Afdeling 1:</em></p> <p>Besitlike voornaamwoorde en aanwysende</p> <p>voornaamwoorde</p> <p>5.2 <em>Afdeling 2:</em></p> <p>Ooreenstemming van die verlede deelwoord</p> <p>5.3 <em>Afdeling 3:</em></p> <p>Werkwoorde</p> <p>5.4 <em>Afdeling 4:</em></p> <p>Werkwoorde</p> <p class="elementtoproof" style="text-indent: -18.0pt;"> </p> <p class="elementtoproof" style="text-indent: -18.0pt;"> </p> <p class="elementtoproof" style="text-indent: -18.0pt;"> </p> <p class="elementtoproof" style="text-indent: -18.0pt;"> </p> Louise Broccardo Rochelle Sadowsky Celia van der Pluym Peter Haffter Copyright (c) 1978 Unisa Press 1978-01-01 1978-01-01 Die Aenaes https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/220 <p>ISBN O 86981 044 8 Originally published by Unisa Press in 1975</p> <p>Enige vertaling van 'n kunswerk verloor onbepaalbaar veel van die oorspronklike. Die ritmiese verfyndheid en welluidende verhewenheid van die <em>Aeneis</em> kan nooit deur 'n vertaling weergegee word nie. Om dit ten volle te geniet, moet dit noodwendig in die oorspronklike Latyn gelees word. Mag hierdie vertaling 'n aansporing wees om Latyn te leer. Met slegs ons eie letterkunde voor oë kan daar nie 'n algemeen geldende letterkundige standaard gehandhaaf word nie - ons sal ons blind staar op 'n klein onderdeeltjie van die Westerse letterkunde. Ons is <em>verplig</em> om ook na Vergilius te kyk want in hóm het die Griekse en Latynse letterkundes, wat die bloedstroom is van die individuele letterkundes, gesinkretiseer en uitgeblom tot 'n literêre prestasie wat as klassiek en as universele maatstaf geld vir enige literêre kunswerk.</p> <p>INHOUDSOPGAWE</p> <p>Yoorwoord <br />Inleiding</p> <p>DIE EERSTE BOEK: Aeneas se aankoms in Carthago </p> <p>DIE TWEEDE BOEK: Die verhaal van die val van Troje </p> <p>DIE DERDE BOEK: Aeneas se swerftog</p> <p>DIE VIERDE BOEK: Die tragedie van Dido</p> <p>DIE VYFDE BOEK: Aeneas se besoek aan sy vader in die Onderwereld</p> <p>DIE SESDE BOEK: Op Sicilie</p> <p>DIE SEWENDE BOEK: Die oorlog in Latium </p> <p>DIE AGSTE BOEK : Aeneas besoek die bouterrein van toekomstige Rome </p> <p>DIE NEG ENDE BOEK Turnus se aanval op die Trojaanse Jaer</p> <p>DIE TIEN DE BOEK Die groot veldslag: die dood van Pallas, Lausus en Mezentius </p> <p>DIE ELFDE BOEK Die groot ruiterygeveg: die dood van Camilla </p> <p>DIE TWAALFDE BOEK Die beslissende tweegeveg: Die dood van Turn us </p> <p>Toeligtende lys van eiename</p> <p> </p> J T Benade Copyright (c) 1975 Unisa Press 1975-12-31 1975-12-31 The Cycad Garden of Unisa https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/244 <p>ISBN O 86981 029 4</p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p>Foreword <em>(v)</em></p> <p>Encephalartos <strong>1; </strong>Common names <strong>1; </strong>General description <strong>4</strong></p> <p>Species with subterranean or partially subterranean stems <strong>6</strong></p> <p>Species with aerial stems 10</p> <p>Species with revolute leaf margins <strong>10</strong></p> <p>Species with narrow green to blue-green leaves 10</p> <p>Species with broad dark-green leaves <strong>14</strong></p> <p>Species with broad blue-green leaves <strong>20</strong></p> <p>Other plants in the cycad garden <strong>24</strong></p> <p>Adenia <strong>24</strong></p> <p>Aloe <em>boylei </em><strong>26; </strong><em>-cooperi </em><strong>28; </strong><em>-ecklonis </em><strong>30;</strong></p> <p><em>- hlangapies </em><strong>30; </strong><em>-thompsoniae </em><strong>32; </strong><em>-verecunda </em><strong>34</strong></p> <p>Alsophila <em>dregei </em>(Cyathea <em>dregei) </em><strong>36</strong></p> <p>Cussonia <em>paniculata </em><strong>38; </strong><em>- spicata </em><strong>40</strong></p> <p>Dais <em>cotinifolia </em><strong>42</strong></p> <p>Ekebergia <em>capensis </em><strong>44</strong></p> <p>Ensete <em>ventricosum </em><strong>46</strong></p> <p>Erythrina <em>acanthocarpa </em><strong>48; </strong><em>-humeana </em><strong>48;</strong></p> <p>- <em>lysistemon </em><strong>50; </strong><em>-zeyheri </em><strong>52</strong></p> <p>Gloriosa <em>superba </em><strong>54</strong></p> <p>Haemanthus (Amaryllidaceae) <strong>54</strong></p> <p>Kniphofia <strong>58</strong></p> <p>Leonotus <em>leonorus </em><strong>58</strong></p> <p>Nymphaea <strong>60</strong></p> <p>Podocarpus <strong>62</strong></p> <p>Schyzostylis <em>coccinea </em><strong>64</strong></p> <p>Strelitzia <em>reginae </em><strong>66; </strong>- <em>juncea </em><strong>68</strong></p> <p>Veltheimia <em>viridifolia </em><strong>70</strong></p> <p>Virgilia <em>oroboides </em><strong>70</strong></p> <p>Zantedeschia <strong>72</strong></p> <p>Index to common names <strong>76</strong></p> <p>Index to botanical names <strong>77</strong></p> <p><strong> </strong></p> <p><strong>lnhoud</strong></p> <p>Voorwoord (v)</p> <p>Encephalartos <strong>1; </strong>Volksname <strong>1; </strong>Algemene beskrywing <strong>4</strong></p> <p>Soorte met ondergrondse of gedeeltel i k ondergrondse stamme 6</p> <p>Soorte met bogrondse stamme <strong>10</strong></p> <p>Soort met teruggerolde blaarrande <strong>10</strong></p> <p>Soorte met smal, groen tot blougroen blare <strong>10</strong></p> <p>Soorte met bree, donkergroen blare 14</p> <p>Soorte met bree, blougroen blare <strong>20</strong></p> <p>Ander plante in die broodboomtuin <strong>24</strong></p> <p>Adenia <strong>24</strong></p> <p>Aloe <em>boylei </em>26; -cooperi <strong>28; </strong></p> <p><em>-ecklonis </em><strong>30;</strong></p> <p>- <em>h/angapies </em><strong>30; </strong>-<em>thompsoniae </em><strong>32; </strong><em>-verecunda </em><strong>34</strong></p> <p>Alsophila <em>dregei </em>(Cyathea <em>dregei) </em><strong>36</strong></p> <p>Cussonia <em>paniculata </em><strong>38; </strong><em>-spicata </em><strong>40</strong></p> <p>Dais <em>cotinifo/ia </em><strong>42</strong></p> <p>Ekebergia <em>capensis </em><strong>44</strong></p> <p>Ensete <em>ventricosum </em><strong>46</strong></p> <p>Erythrina <em>acanthocarpa </em><strong>48; </strong><em>-humeana </em><strong>48;</strong></p> <p>-<em>lysistemon </em><strong>50; </strong>- <em>zeyheri </em><strong>52</strong></p> <p>Gloriosa <em>superba </em><strong>54</strong></p> <p>Haemanthus (Amaryllidaceae) <strong>54</strong></p> <p>Kniphofia <strong>58</strong></p> <p>Leonotus <em>leonorus </em><strong>58</strong></p> <p>Nymphaea <strong>60</strong></p> <p>Podocarpus <strong>62</strong></p> <p>Schizostylis coccinea <strong>64</strong></p> <p>Strelitzia reginae <strong>66; </strong>- <em>juncea </em><strong>68</strong></p> <p>Veltheimia <em>viridifolia </em><strong>70</strong></p> <p>Virgilia oroboides <strong>70</strong></p> <p>Zantedeschia <strong>72</strong></p> <p>Bladwyser vir volksname <strong>76</strong></p> <p>Bladwyser vir botaniese name <strong>77</strong></p> <p><strong>Foreword</strong></p> <p>During the Green Heritage Campaign of 1973, the Unisa Campus Planning Committee decided to establish a garden of numerous indigenous plants from the rich flora of South Africa. With the centenary celebrations of the University of South Africa, the desire for the preservation of this flora came increasingly to the fore. As very few plants are so slow with regard to growth, maturation and</p> <p>distribution, and therefore so valuable and worth preserving as the Encephalartos species, the decision was taken to establish a cycad garden. The cycad garden of Unisa offers the visitor a unique opportunity to study together the twenty-eight cycad species of South Africa, growing amongst other indigenous trees, shrubs and bulbous plants. With this publication, in which all the labelled plants in the garden</p> <p>are briefly described, together with their characteristics regarding origin, growth and distribution, we want to inform the nature lover of the pleasure he will derive from the cycad garden which will broaden</p> <p>and enrich his knowledge of these plants. My sincere thanks to members of the Department of General Botany of the University of Pretoria for their advice and assistance in the compilation of this publication, and to the Institute of Botanical Research for the colour plates that they placed at our disposal.</p> <p><strong>Voorwoord</strong></p> <p>Die Terreinbeplanningskomitee van Unisa het gedurende die veldtog Groen Erfenis van 1973 besluit om uit die ryk skat van Suid-Afrika se flora- ryk aan skoonheid en verskeidenheid- 'n aantal pl ante in 'n</p> <p>besondere inheemse tuin te versamel. Met die Universiteit van Suid-Afrika se eeufeesviering het die</p> <p>gedagte van bewaring vir di e nageslag al hoe meer op die voorgrond getree. Aangesien min ander vorms van plantlewe so stadig is ten opsigte van groeikrag, rypwording en distribusie en derhalwe so kosbaar en bewarenswaardig soos die Encephalartos-spesies is, is daar besluit om 'n broodboomtuin aan te le. Die broodboomtuin van Unisa bied die besoeker 'n unieke geleentheid om die 28 broodboomsoorte van Suid-Afrika bymekaar te sien waar hulle tussen ander inheemse borne, struike en bolplante groei.</p> <p>Met hierdie publikasie, waarin al die geetiketteerde plante in die tuin kortliks beskrywe en interessanthede omtrent hul groei, herkoms en verspreiding vermeld word, wil ons die natuurliefhebber in staat stel om die genot wat hy uit die broodboomtuin sal put, te verdiep en homself te verryk met kennis van die plante. My opregte dank aan lede van die Departement Algemene Plantkunde van die Universiteit van Pretoria vir raad en hulp met die samestelling van hierdie publikasie en die lnstituut vir Plantkundige Navorsing vir die beskikbaarstelling van enkele kleurplate.</p> B P Barkhuizen Copyright (c) 1975 Unisa Press 1975-06-30 1975-06-30 Antonio Soler's keyboard sonatas https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/249 <p>This treatise was accepted as fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Music in the Department of Music at the University of South Africa.</p> <p>Date submitted: 1 November 1965. </p> <p><strong>Contents</strong></p> <p>Introduction ········································································ i</p> <p>Acknowledgement .............................................................. iii</p> <p>Foreword ..............................................................................iv</p> <p><strong>Chapter I</strong></p> <p>Biographical Notes ....................................................... 1</p> <p><strong>Chapter II</strong></p> <p>Status............................................................................... 9</p> <p><strong>Chapter III</strong></p> <p>Sources and their Rediscovery.......................................... 15</p> <p><strong>Chapter IV</strong></p> <p>The Question of Chronology............................................ 22</p> <p><strong>Chapter V</strong></p> <p>The Question of the Instrument....................................... 35</p> <p><strong>Chapter VI</strong></p> <p>The Title Sonata ............................................................... 51</p> <p><strong>Chapter VII</strong></p> <p>Tutorial Aspects............................................................. 55</p> <p>(i) Evidence of Tutorial Intent?.................................... 55</p> <p>( ii) Scales...................................................................... 57</p> <p>(iii) Two Parts in one Hand.......................................... 67</p> <p>(iv) Tone Repetitions.................................................... 80</p> <p>(v) Broken Chords........................................................ 85</p> <p>(vi) Leaps...................................................................... 95</p> <p>(vii) Crossing of Hands................................................. 98</p> <p>( viii) Summary............................................................. 100</p> <p><strong>Chapter VIII</strong></p> <p>The Problem of Form ................................................. 101</p> <p>I The Sonata Movement ............................................ 101</p> <p>II The Secondary Movements .................................. 115</p> <p>((a) Orientation .......................................................... 115</p> <p>I (b) The Minuets........................................................ 117</p> <p>1 (c) The Rondos........................................................ 118</p> <p>1(d) The intentos ....................................................... 120</p> <p><strong>Chapter IX</strong></p> <p>Phrasing........................................................................ 126</p> <p><strong>Chapter X</strong></p> <p><em>La Modulacion Agitada</em> ................................................. 136</p> <p><strong>Chapter XI</strong></p> <p>Tempo, Rhythm and Folklore.......................................156</p> <p><strong>Epilogue</strong></p> <p>Status Reviewed............................................................ 176</p> <p>Bibliography .................................................................. 179</p> Klaus F Heimes Copyright (c) 1969 Unisa Press 1969-12-31 1969-12-31 Summaries of theses accepted by the University of South Africa in 1965 https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/254 <p>(This partially bilingual booklet has no ISBN number)</p> <p><strong>C O N T E N T S - I NHO U D</strong></p> <p><strong>Page/Bladsy</strong></p> <p><strong>BANTU LANGUAGES/BANTOE TALE</strong></p> <p>GUMA, S. M.: The forms, contents and techniques of traditional literature in Southern Sotho ............................... 1</p> <p>MOLOTO, E. S.: A critical investigation into the standardization of written Tswana....................................... 2</p> <p><strong>BUSINESS ECONOMICS/BEDRYFSEKONOMIE</strong></p> <p>VA RENS BURG. R. J.: Die uitvoering van die kommersiele funksie in drie plattelandse verbruikerskooperasies.. . . . . . . . . . 7</p> <p><strong>CHEMISTRY /CHEMIE</strong></p> <p>JORDAAN, A. : 'n Nuwe Imidasoloon-alkaloied uit Macrorungia Longistrobus C.B.Cl. en die sintese van Imidasool-alkaloiede. </p> <p>JOYNT, V. P.: Nuwe Imiedasool-alkaloide uit Macrorungia Longistrobus C.B.Cl......................................... 12</p> <p><strong>DIVINITY /TEO LOGIE</strong></p> <p>JOHANSON, B. 0.: Christology: A study on the writings of Anders Nygren................................................ 14</p> <p><strong>ECONOMICS/EKONOMIE</strong></p> <p>DU PLESSIS, T. A.: The industrial growth pattern and the real forces of economic expansion of South Africa 1916/ <strong>1</strong>7-1956/57. ...17</p> <p>KLER CK, J. R.: Die inkome-elastisiteit van stedelike Bantoe-huishoudings in die lig van die teorie van die konsumfunksie ..... 20</p> <p>S CHOLTZ, J. A.: A study of the development of Bantu wage structure in the copper mining industry in Northern Rhodesia 1929 1962... 22</p> <p><strong>EDUCATION (EMPIRICAL)/OPVOEDKUNDE (EMPIRJESE)</strong></p> <p>FRANZSEN, F. M.: Die invloed van emosies op sosiale vorming en op insig in die opvoedingsproses.... . . . . . . . . . 25</p> <p>LOTZ, J. v. Z.: Die verskynsel van verstandsafwyking en 'n ondersoek na die optimum grootte van senior spesiale skole vir verstandsafwykende leerlinge.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29</p> <p>OOSTHUIZEN, J. D.: Die ontwikkeling van die kritiese denke met spesiale verwysing na die adolessent : 'n empiriese ondersoek .. 33</p> <p><strong>EDUCATION (METHOD AND ADMINISTRATION)/OPVOEDKUNDE </strong><strong>(METODIEK EN ADMINISTRASIE</strong></p> <p>OVERDUIN, P. G. J.: Die onderwysbiblioteekwese in enkele Europese lande en in Transvaal: 'n vergelykende-kritiese studie . . . 3 7</p> <p><strong>EDUCATION (PHILOSOPHY OF)/OPVOEDKUNDE (FILOSOFIE </strong><strong>VAN)</strong></p> <p>JORDAAN, P. C. J.: Opvoeding tot ekonomiese verantwoordelikheid..41</p> <p><strong>ENGLISH/ENGELS</strong></p> <p>MARTIN, W.R.: Moral insight in Jane Austen: a study of her development as a novelist. ............................... .44</p> <p>MAXWELL-MAHO, W. D.: The poetry of William Empson ...47</p> <p>STILES, G. W.: A revaluation of John Dryden as dramatist. ....50</p> <p><strong>GEOGRAPHY/AARDRYKSKUNDE</strong></p> <p>NICOL, I. G.: A comparative study of two examples of river capture in the Great Escarpment Area of the Eastern Transvaal... 53</p> <p>PAGE, D.: Die verstedeliking van die Bantoe-gebiede van Transvaal....55</p> <p><strong>HISTORY /GESKIEDENIS</strong></p> <p>LONGLAND, H. D.: Die geskiedenis van die Nederduitse Gereformeerde Gemeente Colesberg, 1825-1875. . . . . .58</p> <p><strong>JEWISH STUDIES/JUDAICA</strong></p> <p>BLOCH, D. M.: The position and status of the Proselyte in Jewish Law.................................................... 61</p> <p><strong>LAW (COMMERCIAL LA W)/REGSGELEERDHEID (HANDELSREG)</strong></p> <p>BENA DE, M. L.: Die ultra vires-leerstuk in die Maatskappyreg .. 64</p> <p><strong>MATHEMATICS/WISKUNDE</strong></p> <p>MARTIN, D. H.: The Local Geometry and External Surfaces of Areal Spaces...68</p> <p>WAI WRIGHT, J.: Spinor calculus and lagrangian formalism in relativistic quantum mechanics . . . 72</p> <p><strong>MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS/WISKUNDIGE STATISTIEK</strong></p> <p>HIDDLESTON, P. J. G.: Further aspects of the Hypergeometric and Factorial Series. . .. 75</p> <p>MEIRING, F. J.: 'n Statistiese studie van Frekwensie-verdeling van die Logaritmiese Normale tipe wat voorkom in die Suid-Afrikaanse ekonomie.. ...79</p> <p><strong>PSYCHOLOGY /SIELKUNDE</strong></p> <p><strong>DA VIS, </strong>G. H.: The musical aptitude of Bantu subjects with special reference to its visual, auditory and psychomotor determinants... 83</p> <p><strong>MOKOATLE, N. B.: </strong>Effects of training Bantu supervisors using training within Industry (T.W.I.) Programmes......86</p> <p>THIELE, G. A.: -Die opstel en voorlopige standaardisering van 'n battery skolastiese aanlegtoetse met die oog op die voorspelling</p> <p>van sukses in die Bantoe Junior Sekondere Skool .. . . . . . . 89</p> <p><strong>SOCIOLOGY </strong><strong>/</strong><strong>SOSIOLOGIE</strong></p> <p>DE KONING, T. L.: Die gesinstruktuur en funksionering van 'n aantal kleinhoewegesinne om Pretoria... 93</p> <p>RIP, C. M.: The alcoholic and group affiliation and participation. 97</p> <p>VANWYK, M.: Die ontwikkeling van die gevangenisweses in die Kaapkolonie vanaf 1806 tot en met unifikasie 1910.......... 100</p> <p><strong>ZOOLOGY/DIERKUNDE</strong></p> <p>VERSTER, A. J. M.: Review of Echinococcus Species in South Africa....103</p> <p>Hierdie opsommings is deur die skrywers van die tesisse saamgestel in oorleg met hulle promoters en leiers, tensy anders vermeld. Die taalmedium van die opsommings is nie noodwendig dieselfde as die waarin die tesisse voorgele is nie.</p> <p>Unless otherwise stated, these summaries were written by the authors of theses in consultation with their supervisors, and the language medium is not necessarily that in which the theses were submitted.</p> P Haffter Copyright (c) 1965 Unisa Press 1965-12-30 1965-12-30 Three papers on Tragedy https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/227 <p><em>Communications of the University of South Africa</em></p> <p>This is a brief paper covering three tragedies. <br />There was no ISBN number assigned to this work. </p> <p>The following three essays are included in the book</p> <p>1. The Jacobean Anguish<br />2. The Meaning of King Lear<br />3. Aristotle, Shakespeare, and Tragedy.</p> <p><em>Extract from the first paper:</em></p> <p>'It was Stendhal who first made a literary point of the theory that an artist is truly appreciated only by an age for which his work holds a special significance, for which it is real, a part of experience. That this is true may be seen in the fact that so many writers owe their ultimate fame to discovery or rediscovery by a public far removed from them in time and manners. Stendhal is a case in point: when he said that his work would be appreciated only after eighty years, he was almost exactly right. And Donne and Pascal are similar cases.</p> <p>For us of the twentieth century the Jacobeans have a peculiar attraction, one which arises principally from the similarity of the conditions in which we live to those of the earlier seventeenth century. The sense of restlessness, of insecurity and disgust of life upon which their greatest work was bu'.lt is no strange sense to us today who live it and live with it, and are constantly being kept in mind of it by our foremost writers and artists. Our world, no less - and perhaps no more - than theirs, is a sick one; sick because bewildered by a disintegration with which it cannot cope, which it cannot understand although already aware of it. Bewilderment in itself is not harmful; may, indeed be beneficial; but when it is intensified beyond a certain degree it is almost certain to bring about an unbalance comparable with that achieved by Pavlov in his experiments with conditioned reflexes, on unbalance succeeded by break-down ·and neuroses. An age which can go so far along the path of contemporary writers and artists as to produce the nightmares of Kafka, a philosophical system such as that of Jean-Paul Sartre, or a cynicism in its treatment of human bodies and minds such as is general in our time, would have appealed to the conventionally Machiavellian in the Jacobeans. For much the same reasons, principally perhaps because they were less squeamish and less uncomfortably-conscience than us, the Jacobeans come close to our hearts. It is not entirely without reason that The Duchess of Malfi was put on and had a long run in one of the great London theatres shortly after the war. It is not for nothing that T. S. Eliot, possibly our foremost analyst of Weltschmerz and our foremost poet, should be deeply interested in the period and very much influenced by it in his own work. Bosola's lines are, indeed, because we can feel them at first-hand and apply them with full awareness, the key for us to ·a study of the Jacobean drama in general, and particularly to the comprehension of individual dramatists, their outlook and their expression of it.'</p> F D Sinclair Copyright (c) 1960 Unisa Press 1960-05-30 1960-05-30 Aristoteles en die Macedoniese Politiek https://unisapress.africa/index.php/unisapress/catalog/book/250 <p>Publication date : 31 December 1956</p> <p>Series : Mededelings van die Universiteit van Suid-Afrika. A, Intreeredes : 1</p> <p>Die Mededelings van die Universiteil van Suid-Afrika verskyn van tyd lat <br />tyd in die valgende reekse: A. lnlreeredes. B. Lesings en Simposia. C. Navorsing deur Dosenle en Studenle.</p> <p> </p> H J De Vleeschauwer Copyright (c) 1956 Unisa Press 1956-12-30 1956-12-30